Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision M9241A Scpi Programmer's Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Keysight Technologies Manuals
  4. Test Equipment
  5. InfiniiVision M9241A
  6. Scpi programmer's manual

Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision M9241A Scpi Programmer's Manual

Pxie
Hide thumbs Also See for InfiniiVision M9241A:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
Keysight InfiniiVision
M9241/42/43A PXIe
Oscilloscopes
SCPI
Programmer's
Guide

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the InfiniiVision M9241A and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision M9241A

Summary of Contents for Keysight Technologies InfiniiVision M9241A

  • Page 1 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 2: Safety Notices

    A CAUTION notice denotes a hazard. prior agreement and written consent from Defense FAR Supplement ("DFARS") It calls attention to an operating Keysight Technologies, Inc. as governed by 227.7202, the U.S. government acquires procedure, practice, or the like that, United States and international copyright...

  • Page 3: In This Book

    In This Book This book is your guide to SCPI programming with the M9241/42/43A PXIe oscilloscopes: Table 1 InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscope Models, Bandwidths, Sample Rates Bandwidth 200 MHz 500 MHz 1 GHz Sample Rate 5 GSa/s 5 GSa/s 5 GSa/s 2-Channel DSO M9241A M9242A...
  • Page 4 • Chapter 12, “:DEMO Commands,” starting on page 317, describes commands that control the education kit demonstration signals that can be output on the oscilloscope's Demo 1 and Demo 2 terminals. • Chapter 13, “:DISPlay Commands,” starting on page 321, describes commands that control how waveforms, graticule, and text are displayed and written on the screen.
  • Page 5 • Chapter 28, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 945, describes commands that control oscilloscope functions associated with searching for waveform events. • Chapter 29, “:SYSTem Commands,” starting on page 1021, describes commands that control basic system functions of the oscilloscope. •...
  • Page 6 • For information on oscilloscope front-panel operation, see the Soft Front Panel User's Guide. • For detailed connectivity information, refer to the Keysight Technologies USB/LAN/GPIB Connectivity Guide. For a printable electronic copy of the Connectivity Guide, direct your Web browser to www.keysight.com...

  • Page 7: Table Of Contents

    Contents In This Book / 3 1 What's New What's New in Version 7.30 / 36 What's New in Version 7.21 / 38 What's New in Version 7.10 / 40 Version 7.00 at Introduction / 42 Command Differences From 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes / 43 2 Setting Up Step 1.
  • Page 8 4 Sequential (Blocking) vs. Overlapped Commands 5 Commands Quick Reference Command Summary / 68 Syntax Elements / 175 Number Format / 175 <NL> (Line Terminator) / 175 [ ] (Optional Syntax Terms) / 175 { } (Braces) / 175 ::= (Defined As) / 175 <...
  • Page 9 :DIGitize / 217 :HWEenable (Hardware Event Enable Register) / 219 :HWERegister:CONDition (Hardware Event Condition Register) / 221 :HWERegister[:EVENt] (Hardware Event Event Register) / 222 :MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register) / 223 :MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Event Event Register) / 225 :OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register) / 227 :OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register) / 229 :OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register) / 232...
  • Page 10 :CALibrate:STARt / 276 :CALibrate:STATus / 277 :CALibrate:TEMPerature / 278 :CALibrate:TIME / 279 10 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit / 285 :CHANnel<n>:COUPling / 286 :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay / 287 :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance / 288 :CHANnel<n>:INVert / 289 :CHANnel<n>:LABel / 290 :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet / 291 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe / 292 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] / 293 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID / 294 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:MMODel / 295 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:RSENse / 296...
  • Page 11 :DEMO:OUTPut / 320 13 :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> / 324 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACKground / 325 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor / 326 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT / 327 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position / 328 :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position / 329 :DISPlay:CLEar / 330 :DISPlay:DATA / 331 :DISPlay:GRATicule:ALABels / 332 :DISPlay:GRATicule:INTensity / 333 :DISPlay:GRATicule:TYPE / 334 :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform / 335 :DISPlay:LABel / 336 :DISPlay:LABList / 337 :DISPlay:MENU / 338...
  • Page 12 :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STARt / 361 :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STOP / 362 :FRANalysis:PPDecade / 363 :FRANalysis:RUN / 364 :FRANalysis:SOURce:INPut / 365 :FRANalysis:SOURce:OUTPut / 366 :FRANalysis:TRACe / 367 :FRANalysis:WGEN:LOAD / 368 :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage / 369 :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile / 370 17 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt / 377 :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar / 378 :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay / 379 :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:BSIZe / 380 :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer / 381 :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:DETection:POINts / 382...
  • Page 13 :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 / 410 :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:NMEasurement / 411 18 :HCOPY Commands :HCOPY:SDUMp:DATA / 414 :HCOPY:SDUMp:FORMat / 415 19 :LISTer Commands :LISTer:DATA / 418 :LISTer:DISPlay / 419 :LISTer:REFerence / 420 20 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:DYDX / 424 :MARKer:MODE / 425 :MARKer:X1:DISPlay / 426 :MARKer:X1Position / 427 :MARKer:X1Y1source / 428 :MARKer:X2:DISPlay / 429 :MARKer:X2Position / 430...
  • Page 14 :MEASure:DELay:DEFine / 472 :MEASure:DUAL:CHARge / 473 :MEASure:DUAL:VAMPlitude / 474 :MEASure:DUAL:VAVerage / 475 :MEASure:DUAL:VBASe / 476 :MEASure:DUAL:VPP / 477 :MEASure:DUAL:VRMS / 478 :MEASure:DUTYcycle / 479 :MEASure:FALLtime / 480 :MEASure:FFT:ACPR / 481 :MEASure:FFT:CPOWer / 482 :MEASure:FFT:OBW / 483 :MEASure:FFT:THD / 484 :MEASure:FREQuency / 485 :MEASure:NDUTy / 486 :MEASure:NEDGes / 487 :MEASure:NPULses / 488...
  • Page 15 :MEASure:VMAX / 521 :MEASure:VMIN / 522 :MEASure:VPP / 523 :MEASure:VRATio / 524 :MEASure:VRMS / 525 :MEASure:VTOP / 526 :MEASure:WINDow / 527 :MEASure:XMAX / 528 :MEASure:XMIN / 529 :MEASure:YATX / 530 22 :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:ANGLe / 536 :MEASure:APParent / 537 :MEASure:CPLoss / 538 :MEASure:CRESt / 539 :MEASure:EFFiciency / 540...
  • Page 16 :MTESt:COUNt:TIME / 568 :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms / 569 :MTESt:DATA / 570 :MTESt:DELete / 571 :MTESt:ENABle / 572 :MTESt:LOCK / 573 :MTESt:RMODe / 574 :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure / 575 :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE / 576 :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP / 577 :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa / 578 :MTESt:RMODe:TIME / 579 :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms / 580 :MTESt:SCALe:BIND / 581 :MTESt:SCALe:X1 / 582 :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta / 583 :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 / 584...
  • Page 17 :POWer:EFFiciency:APPLy / 616 :POWer:EFFiciency:TYPE / 617 :POWer:ENABle / 618 :POWer:HARMonics:APPLy / 619 :POWer:HARMonics:DATA / 620 :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay / 621 :POWer:HARMonics:FAILcount / 622 :POWer:HARMonics:LINE / 623 :POWer:HARMonics:POWerfactor / 624 :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer / 625 :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer:USER / 626 :POWer:HARMonics:RUNCount / 627 :POWer:HARMonics:STANdard / 628 :POWer:HARMonics:STATus / 629 :POWer:HARMonics:THD / 630 :POWer:INRush:APPLy / 631 :POWer:INRush:EXIT / 632...
  • Page 18 :POWer:RIPPle:APPLy / 659 :POWer:SIGNals:AUTosetup / 660 :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics / 661 :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity / 662 :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency / 663 :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation / 664 :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF / 665 :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON / 666 :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle / 667 :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient / 668 :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPected / 669 :POWer:SIGNals:OVERshoot / 670 :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:INRush / 671 :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:OFF / 672 :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:ON / 673 :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF / 674 :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON / 675...
  • Page 19 :RECall:SETup[:STARt] / 701 :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt] / 702 26 :SAVE Commands :SAVE:ARBitrary[:STARt] / 707 :SAVE:FILename / 708 :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] / 709 :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors / 710 :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat / 711 :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver / 712 :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette / 713 :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] / 714 :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] / 715 :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] / 716 :SAVE:POWer[:STARt] / 717 :SAVE:PWD / 718 :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] / 719 :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSor / 720...
  • Page 20 :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD / 745 :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat / 746 :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal / 747 :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce / 748 :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed / 749 :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:LABel / 750 :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA / 751 :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SDI / 752 :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SSM / 753 :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:RANGe / 754 :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:TYPE / 755 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands / 757 :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor / 760 :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload / 761 :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet / 762 :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:SPEC / 763...
  • Page 21 :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance / 792 :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger / 793 :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter / 795 :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe / 796 :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA / 797 :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth / 798 :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt / 799 :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:ID / 800 :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:CT / 801 :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:DLC / 802 :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:NM / 803 :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands / 804 :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe / 805 :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk / 806 :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA / 807 :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess / 808...
  • Page 22 :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA / 837 :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:RTA / 838 :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE / 839 :SBUS<n>:MANChester Commands / 840 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:BASE / 842 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:BAUDrate / 843 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:BITorder / 844 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay / 845 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DSIZe / 846 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:HSIZe / 847 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:IDLE:BITS / 848 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:LOGic / 849 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce / 850 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:SSIZe / 851 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:STARt / 852 :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TOLerance / 853...
  • Page 23 :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk / 880 :SBUS<n>:SENT:CRC / 881 :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay / 882 :SBUS<n>:SENT:FORMat / 884 :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE / 886 :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth / 887 :SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse / 888 :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay / 890 :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth / 891 :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier / 893 :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet / 895 :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer / 897 :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt / 899 :SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce / 901 :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance / 902 :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger / 903 :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA / 905...
  • Page 24 :SBUS<n>:USBPd Commands / 933 :SBUS<n>:USBPd:SOURce / 934 :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger / 935 :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer / 936 :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:CMESsage / 938 :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:DMESsage / 940 :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:EMESsage / 941 :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:VALue / 943 :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:QUALifier / 944 28 :SEARch Commands General :SEARch Commands / 946 :SEARch:COUNt / 947 :SEARch:EVENt / 948 :SEARch:MODE / 949 :SEARch:STATe / 950 :SEARch:EDGE Commands / 951...
  • Page 25 :SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce / 974 :SEARch:TRANsition:TIME / 975 :SEARch:SERial:A429 Commands / 976 :SEARch:SERial:A429:LABel / 977 :SEARch:SERial:A429:MODE / 978 :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:DATA / 979 :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SDI / 980 :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SSM / 981 :SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands / 982 :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE / 983 :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA / 985 :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth / 986 :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID / 987 :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE / 988 :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:MESSage / 989 :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:SIGNal / 990...
  • Page 26 :SEARch:SERial:SENT:SLOW:DATA / 1015 :SEARch:SERial:SENT:SLOW:ID / 1016 :SEARch:SERial:UART Commands / 1017 :SEARch:SERial:UART:DATA / 1018 :SEARch:SERial:UART:MODE / 1019 :SEARch:SERial:UART:QUALifier / 1020 29 :SYSTem Commands :SYSTem:DATE / 1024 :SYSTem:DIDentifier / 1025 :SYSTem:DSP / 1026 :SYSTem:ERRor / 1027 :SYSTem:GUI:SHOW / 1028 :SYSTem:LOCK / 1029 :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANufacturer] / 1030 :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANufacturer]:DEFault / 1031 :SYSTem:PRECision / 1032...
  • Page 27 :TIMebase:WINDow:RANGe / 1060 :TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe / 1061 31 :TRIGger Commands General :TRIGger Commands / 1065 :TRIGger:FORCe / 1067 :TRIGger:HFReject / 1068 :TRIGger:HOLDoff / 1069 :TRIGger:HOLDoff:MAXimum / 1070 :TRIGger:HOLDoff:MINimum / 1071 :TRIGger:HOLDoff:RANDom / 1072 :TRIGger:LEVel:ASETup / 1073 :TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH / 1074 :TRIGger:LEVel:LOW / 1075 :TRIGger:MODE / 1076 :TRIGger:NREJect / 1077 :TRIGger:SWEep / 1078...
  • Page 28 :TRIGger:GLITch:QUALifier / 1102 :TRIGger:GLITch:RANGe / 1103 :TRIGger:GLITch:SOURce / 1104 :TRIGger:NFC Commands / 1105 :TRIGger:NFC:AEVent / 1106 :TRIGger:NFC:ATTime / 1107 :TRIGger:NFC:RPOLarity / 1108 :TRIGger:NFC:SOURce / 1109 :TRIGger:NFC:STANdard / 1110 :TRIGger:NFC:TEVent / 1111 :TRIGger:NFC:TIMeout / 1113 :TRIGger:NFC:TIMeout:ENABle / 1114 :TRIGger:NFC:TIMeout:TIME / 1115 :TRIGger:OR Commands / 1116 :TRIGger:OR / 1117 :TRIGger:PATTern Commands / 1118...
  • Page 29 :TRIGger:SHOLd:TIME:SETup / 1144 :TRIGger:TRANsition Commands / 1145 :TRIGger:TRANsition:QUALifier / 1146 :TRIGger:TRANsition:SLOPe / 1147 :TRIGger:TRANsition:SOURce / 1148 :TRIGger:TRANsition:TIME / 1149 :TRIGger:TV Commands / 1150 :TRIGger:TV:LINE / 1151 :TRIGger:TV:MODE / 1152 :TRIGger:TV:POLarity / 1153 :TRIGger:TV:SOURce / 1154 :TRIGger:TV:STANdard / 1155 :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:ENUMber / 1156 :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HSYNc / 1157 :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:HTIMe / 1158 :TRIGger:TV:UDTV:PGTHan / 1159...
  • Page 30 :WAVeform:VIEW / 1198 :WAVeform:XINCrement / 1199 :WAVeform:XORigin / 1200 :WAVeform:XREFerence / 1201 :WAVeform:YINCrement / 1202 :WAVeform:YORigin / 1203 :WAVeform:YREFerence / 1204 33 :WGEN<w> Commands :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:BYTeorder / 1210 :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:DATA / 1211 :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:DATA:ATTRibute:POINts / 1214 :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:DATA:CLEar / 1215 :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:DATA:DAC / 1216 :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:INTerpolate / 1217 :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:STORe / 1218 :WGEN<w>:FREQuency / 1219 :WGEN<w>:FUNCtion / 1220...
  • Page 31 :WGEN<w>:VOLTage:LOW / 1248 :WGEN<w>:VOLTage:OFFSet / 1249 34 :WMEMory<r> Commands :WMEMory<r>:CLEar / 1253 :WMEMory<r>:DISPlay / 1254 :WMEMory<r>:LABel / 1255 :WMEMory<r>:SAVE / 1256 :WMEMory<r>:SKEW / 1257 :WMEMory<r>:YOFFset / 1258 :WMEMory<r>:YRANge / 1259 :WMEMory<r>:YSCale / 1260 35 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands :CHANnel:LABel / 1267 :CHANnel2:SKEW / 1268 :CHANnel<n>:INPut / 1269 :CHANnel<n>:PMODe / 1270...
  • Page 32 :MTESt:AVERage / 1294 :MTESt:AVERage:COUNt / 1295 :MTESt:LOAD / 1296 :MTESt:RUMode / 1297 :MTESt:RUMode:SOFailure / 1298 :MTESt:{STARt | STOP} / 1299 :MTESt:TRIGger:SOURce / 1300 :SAVE:IMAGe:AREA / 1301 :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:DEFinition / 1302 :SYSTem:MENU / 1303 :TIMebase:DELay / 1304 :TRIGger:TV:TVMode / 1305 36 Error Messages 37 Status Reporting Status Reporting Data Structures / 1317 Status Byte Register (STB) / 1320...
  • Page 33 Example: Waiting for IO Operation Complete / 1344 38 Synchronizing Acquisitions Synchronization in the Programming Flow / 1348 Set Up the Oscilloscope / 1348 Acquire a Waveform / 1348 Retrieve Results / 1348 Blocking Synchronization / 1349 Polling Synchronization With Timeout / 1350 Synchronizing with a Single-Shot Device Under Test (DUT) / 1352 Synchronization with an Averaging Acquisition / 1354 Example: Blocking and Polling Synchronization / 1356...
  • Page 34 SICL Examples / 1464 SICL Example in C / 1464 SICL Example in Visual Basic / 1473 SCPI.NET Examples / 1484 SCPI.NET Example in C# / 1484 SCPI.NET Example in Visual Basic .NET / 1490 SCPI.NET Example in IronPython / 1496 Index Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 35: What's New

    Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 1 What's New What's New in Version 7.30 / 36 What's New in Version 7.21 / 38 What's New in Version 7.10 / 40 Version 7.00 at Introduction / 42 Command Differences From 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes / 43...

  • Page 36: What's New In Version 7.30

    What's New What's New in Version 7.30 New features in version 7.30 of the InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe oscilloscope software are: • New Slew Rate and Y at X measurements along with improvements to the Time at Edge measurement. • The new Digitizer (acquisition) mode lets you choose the acquisition sample rate and memory depth instead of having them be determined automatically based on the horizontal time per division setting.
  • Page 37 What's New Command Differences :MEASure:TEDGe (see There is now a command to install the measurement on the page 513) oscilloscope's display and there is a new optional <slope> parameter. *OPT? (see page 193) New license information is possible in the returned string. :WAVeform:VIEW (see The ALL parameter is available when Digitizer mode is enabled to page...

  • Page 38: What's New In Version 7.21

    What's New What's New in Version 7.21 New features in version 7.21 of the InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe oscilloscope software are: • USB PD (Power Delivery) serial decode and triggering option. More detailed descriptions of the new and changed commands appear below. New Commands Command Description...
  • Page 39 What's New Changed Commands Command Differences :RECall:WMEMory<r>:[STARt] There is now a <data> option for recalling waveform data from the (see page 702) controller PC. :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed (see The USER option is now available to select a user-defined baud page 749) rate. :SBUS<n>:MANChester:BAUDr The minimum baud rate is changed from "2000"...

  • Page 40: What's New In Version 7.10

    What's New What's New in Version 7.10 New features in version 7.10 of the InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe oscilloscope software are: • Adaptive persistence option. • Random trigger holdoff mode. More detailed descriptions of the new and changed commands appear below. New Commands Command Description...
  • Page 41 What's New Command Description :TRIGger:HOLDoff:RANDom Enables or disables the random trigger holdoff mode. (see page 1072) :TRIGger:NFC:RPOLarity (see Enables or disables triggering on signals with "reverse" polarity. page 1108) :TRIGger:PXI:SYNC (see Enables or disables the sync mode (when setting up multiple page 1132) M924xA oscilloscope module triggers).

  • Page 42: Version 7.00 At Introduction

    What's New Version 7.00 at Introduction The Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe oscilloscopes were introduced with version 7.00 of oscilloscope operating software. The command set is most closely related to the InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series oscilloscopes (and the 4000 X-Series, 3000 X-Series, 7000A/B Series, 6000 Series, and 54620/54640 Series oscilloscopes before them).

  • Page 43: Command Differences From 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes

    What's New Command Differences From 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes The Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe oscilloscopes command set is most closely related to the InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series oscilloscopes (and the 4000 X-Series, 3000 X-Series, 7000A/B Series, 6000 Series, and 54620/54640 Series oscilloscopes before them). The main differences between the version 7.00 programming command set for the InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe oscilloscopes and the 4.08 programming command set for the InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series oscilloscopes are related to:...
  • Page 44 What's New More detailed descriptions of the new, changed, obsolete, and discontinued commands appear below. New Commands Command Description :ACQuire:RSIGnal (see There is a 10 MHz REF connector on the M9241/42/43A PXIe page 258) oscilloscopes. :FRANalysis Commands (see Commands for using the Frequency Response Analysis feature. page 355) :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:BSIZe?
  • Page 45 What's New Changed Commands Command Differences From InfiniiVision 3000T X-Series Oscilloscopes :CALibrate:OUTPut (see The OFF option is now available. page 273) :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACK The TRANsparent option is not available. ground (see page 325) :DISPlay:DATA? (see The GRAYscale palette option is not available. Also, the page 331) background color invert is not available because there is no...
  • Page 46 What's New Discontinued Commands Discontinued Command Current Command Equivalent Comments :BUS Commands none There are no digital channels in the M9241/42/43A PXIe oscilloscopes. :DEMO Commands none There are no demo signals output by the M9241/42/43A PXIe oscilloscopes. :DIGital Commands none There are no digital channels in the M9241/42/43A PXIe oscilloscopes.

  • Page 47: Setting Up

    Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 2 Setting Up Step 1. Install Keysight IO Libraries Suite software / 48 Step 2. Connect and set up the LAN interface / 49 Step 3. Verify the oscilloscope connection / 50 This chapter explains how to install the Keysight IO Libraries Suite software, connect the oscilloscope to the controller PC, set up the oscilloscope, and verify the oscilloscope connection.

  • Page 48: Step 1. Install Keysight Io Libraries Suite Software

    Setting Up Step 1. Install Keysight IO Libraries Suite software Download the Keysight IO Libraries Suite software from the Keysight web site • http://www.keysight.com/find/iolib Run the setup file, and follow its installation instructions. Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 49: Step 2. Connect And Set Up The Lan Interface

    Setting Up Step 2. Connect and set up the LAN interface The PXI chassis' LAN interface is used for SCPI programming of M9241/42/43A PXIe oscilloscopes. Refer to the PXI chassis' documentation for connecting the chassis to a LAN and setting it up. Once the PXI chassis is set up on the LAN, you can control M9241/42/43A PXIe oscilloscopes using their HiSLIP control port.

  • Page 50: Step 3. Verify The Oscilloscope Connection

    Setting Up Step 3. Verify the oscilloscope connection On the controller PC, click on the Keysight IO Control icon in the taskbar and choose Utilities > Interactive IO from the popup menu. In the Keysight Interactive IO application, choose Connect > Connect..In the Connect dialog box, enter the oscilloscope's HiSLIP address into the Resource Name field and click OK.
  • Page 51 Setting Up Choose Connect > Exit from the menu to exit the Keysight Interactive IO application. Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 52 Setting Up Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 53: Getting Started

    Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 3 Getting Started Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure / 54 Programming the Oscilloscope / 56 This chapter gives you an overview of programming the M9241/42/43A PXIe oscilloscopes. It describes basic oscilloscope program structure and shows how to program the oscilloscope using a few simple examples.

  • Page 54: Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure

    Getting Started Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure The following figure shows the basic structure of every program you will write for the oscilloscope. Initializing To ensure consistent, repeatable performance, you need to start the program, controller, and oscilloscope in a known state. Without correct initialization, your program may run correctly in one instance and not in another.

  • Page 55: Analyzing Captured Data

    Getting Started You could also put the oscilloscope into run mode, then use a wait loop in your program to ensure that the oscilloscope has completed at least one acquisition before you make a measurement. Keysight does not recommend this because the needed length of the wait loop may vary, causing your program to fail.

  • Page 56: Programming The Oscilloscope

    Getting Started Programming the Oscilloscope • "Referencing the IO Library" on page 56 • "Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library" on page 57 • "Using :AUToscale to Automate Oscilloscope Setup" on page 58 • "Using Other Oscilloscope Setup Commands" on page 58 •...

  • Page 57: Opening The Oscilloscope Connection Via The Io Library

    Getting Started To reference the Keysight VISA COM library in Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0: Choose Project > References... from the main menu. In the References dialog, check the "VISA COM 5.5 Type Library". Click OK. Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library PC controllers communicate with the oscilloscope by sending and receiving messages over a remote interface.

  • Page 58: Using :Autoscale To Automate Oscilloscope Setup

    Getting Started Dim myMgr As VisaComLib.ResourceManager Dim myScope As VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 ' Open the connection to the oscilloscope. Get the VISA Address from the ' Keysight Connection Expert (installed with Keysight IO Libraries Suite Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("<VISA Address>") ' Clear the interface buffer and set the interface timeout to 10 seconds myScope.IO.Clear...

  • Page 59: Capturing Data With The :Digitize Command

    Getting Started Vertical is set to 16 V full-scale (2 V/div) with center of screen at 1 V and probe attenuation set to 10. This example sets the time base at 1 ms full-scale (100 ms/div) with a delay of 100 µs. Example Oscilloscope Setup Code This program demonstrates the basic command structure used to program the oscilloscope.
  • Page 60 Getting Started Ensure New Data is Collected N OTE When you change the oscilloscope configuration, the waveform buffers are cleared. Before doing a measurement, send the :DIGitize command to the oscilloscope to ensure new data has been collected. When you send the :DIGitize command to the oscilloscope, the specified channel signal is digitized with the current :ACQuire parameters.

  • Page 61: Reading Query Responses From The Oscilloscope

    Getting Started The easiest method of transferring a digitized waveform depends on data structures, formatting available and I/O capabilities. You must scale the integers to determine the voltage value of each point. These integers are passed starting with the left most point on the instrument's display. For more information, see the waveform subsystem commands and corresponding program code examples in Chapter...

  • Page 62: Reading Query Results Into String Variables

    Getting Started Reading Query Results into String Variables The output of the instrument may be numeric or character data depending on what is queried. Refer to the specific command descriptions for the formats and types of data returned from queries. Express String Variables Using Exact Syntax N OTE In Visual Basic, string variables are case sensitive and must be expressed exactly the same...

  • Page 63: Sending Multiple Queries And Reading Results

    Getting Started Number of Digits Actual Data That Follow #800001000<1000 bytes of data><terminator> Number of Bytes to be Transmitted Figure 1 Definite-length block response data The "8" states the number of digits that follow, and "00001000" states the number of bytes to be transmitted. The VISA COM library's ReadIEEEBlock and WriteIEEEBlock methods understand the definite-length block syntax, so you can simply use variables that contain the data:...

  • Page 64: Checking Instrument Status

    Getting Started To read the :TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay? query result into multiple numeric variables, you could use the ReadList method to read the query results into a variant array variable using the commands: myScope.WriteString ":TIMebase:RANGe?;DELay?" Dim varResults() As Variant varResults() = myScope.ReadList MsgBox "Timebase range: "...
  • Page 65 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 4 Sequential (Blocking) vs. Overlapped Commands IEEE 488.2 makes the distinction between sequential and overlapped commands (and queries): • Sequential commands also known as blocking commands, finish their task before the execution of the next command starts. These oscilloscope commands and queries are sequential (blocking): •...
  • Page 66 Sequential (Blocking) vs. Overlapped Commands Pausing Programs Sequential (blocking) commands do not prevent additional commands from being Until Sequential sent to the queue or cause the remote program to wait. For example, if your (Blocking) program does something like: Commands are myScope.WriteString ":DIGitize"...
  • Page 67 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 5 Commands Quick Reference Command Summary / 68 Syntax Elements / 175...

  • Page 68: Command Summary

    Commands Quick Reference Command Summary • Common (*) Commands Summary (see page • Root (:) Commands Summary (see page • :ACQuire Commands Summary (see page • :CALibrate Commands Summary (see page • :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (see page • :COUNter Commands Summary (see page •...
  • Page 69 Commands Quick Reference • General :SEARch Commands Summary (see page 145) • :SEARch:EDGE Commands Summary (see page 146) • :SEARch:GLITch Commands Summary (see page 146) • :SEARch:PEAK Commands Summary (see page 147) • :SEARch:RUNT Commands Summary (see page 147) • :SEARch:TRANsition Commands Summary (see page 148) •...
  • Page 70 Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns page 185) *CLS (see page 186) *ESE <mask> (see *ESE? (see <mask> ::= 0 to 255; an integer page 186) in NR1 format: Bit Weight Name Enables --- ------ ---- ---------- Power On User Request...
  • Page 71 Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 193) *OPT? (see <return_value> ::= 0,0,<license info> <license info> ::= <All field>, <reserved>, <reserved>, <reserved>, <reserved>, <Memory>, <Low Speed Serial>, <Automotive Serial>, <reserved>, <Frequency Response Analysis>, <Power Measurements>, <RS-232/UART Serial>,...
  • Page 72 Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 193) *OPT? (see <All field> ::= {0 | All} (cont'd) <reserved> ::= 0 <Memory> ::= {0 | MEMUP} <Low Speed Serial> ::= {0 | EMBD} <Automotive Serial>...
  • Page 73 Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 193) *OPT? (see <Automotive Software> ::= {0 | (cont'd) M9240AUTB} <General Purpose Software> ::= {0 | M9240GENB} <Aerospace Software> ::= {0 | M9240AERB} <Power Supply Test Software>...
  • Page 74 Commands Quick Reference Table 2 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 202) *STB? (see <value> ::= 0 to 255; an integer in NR1 format, as shown in the following: Bit Weight Name "1" Indicates --- ------ ---- --------------- OPER Operation status condition occurred.
  • Page 75 Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :BLANk [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} | page 216) (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 76 Commands Quick Reference Table 3 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :OVLenable <mask> :OVLenable? (see <mask> ::= 16-bit integer in NR1 page 235) page 236) (see format as shown: Bit Weight Input --- ------ ---------- 1024 Ext Trigger Fault Channel 4 Fault...
  • Page 77 Commands Quick Reference Table 4 :ACQuire Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :ACQuire:AALias? (see {1 | 0} page 250) :ACQuire:COMPlete :ACQuire:COMPlete? <complete> ::= 100; an integer in page 251) <complete> (see (see NR1 format page 251) :ACQuire:COUNt :ACQuire:COUNt? (see <count>...
  • Page 78 Commands Quick Reference Table 4 :ACQuire Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :ACQuire:SRATe[:ANALo :ACQuire:SRATe[:ANALo {0 | 1} g]:AUTO {{0 | OFF} | g]:AUTO? (see page 265) {1 | ON}} (see page 265) :ACQuire:TYPE <type> :ACQuire:TYPE? (see <type> ::= {NORMal | AVERage | page 266) page...
  • Page 79 Commands Quick Reference Table 6 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit? {0 | 1} page 285) {{0 | OFF} | {1 | (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 285) ON}} (see in NR1 format :CHANnel<n>:COUPling :CHANnel<n>:COUPling? <coupling>...
  • Page 80 Commands Quick Reference Table 6 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:MMO :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:MMO <value> ::= {P5205 | P5210 | page 295) Del <value> (see Del? (see P6205 | P6241 | P6243 | P6245 | page 295) P6246 | P6247 | P6248 | P6249 | P6250 | P6251 | P670X | P671X | TCP202}...
  • Page 81 Commands Quick Reference Table 6 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:UNITs :CHANnel<n>:UNITs? <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere} page 303) page 303) <units> (see (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format :CHANnel<n>:VERNier :CHANnel<n>:VERNier? {0 | 1} page...
  • Page 82 Commands Quick Reference Table 8 :DEMO Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DEMO:FUNCtion :DEMO:FUNCtion? (see <signal> ::= {SINusoid | NOISy | page 319) <signal> (see RINGing | SINGle | CLK | GLITch | page 318) BURSt | RUNT | TRANsition | RFBurst | LFSine | FMBurst | NFC | CXPI | ARINc | MANChester | MIL | NMONotonic | HARMonics |...
  • Page 83 Commands Quick Reference Table 9 :DISPlay Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:CLEar (see page 330) :DISPlay:DATA? <format> ::= {BMP | BMP8bit | [<format>][,][<palett PNG} page 331) e>] (see <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} <display data> ::= data in IEEE 488.2 # format :DISPlay:GRATicule:AL :DISPlay:GRATicule:AL...
  • Page 84 Commands Quick Reference Table 10 :DVM Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DVM:ARANge {{0 | :DVM:ARANge? (see {0 | 1} page 344) OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 344) :DVM:CURRent? (see <dvm_value> ::= floating-point page 345) number in NR3 format :DVM:ENABle {{0 | :DVM:ENABle? (see {0 | 1}...

  • Page 85: Franalysis:frequency:start

    Commands Quick Reference Table 12 :FRANalysis Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FRANalysis:FREQuency :FRANalysis:FREQuency <setting> ::= {SWEep | SINGle} page 359) :MODE <setting> (see :MODE? (see page 359) :FRANalysis:FREQuency :FRANalysis:FREQuency <value> ::= {20 | 100 | 1000 | :SINGle :SINGle? (see 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 |...

  • Page 86: Franalysis:wgen:voltage

    Commands Quick Reference Table 12 :FRANalysis Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLT :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLT <amplitude> ::= amplitude in age? [<range>] (see volts in NR3 format page 369) <amplitude>,[<range>] <range> ::= {F20HZ | F100HZ | page 369) (see F1KHZ | F10KHZ | F100KHZ | F1MHZ | F10MHZ | F20MHZ} :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLT...

  • Page 87: Function[:Fft]:Bsize

    Commands Quick Reference Table 13 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FR :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FR <frequency> ::= the start EQuency:STARt EQuency:STARt? (see frequency in NR3 format. page 384) <frequency> (see <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) page 384) in NR1 format :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FR...

  • Page 88: Function:Frequency:highpass

    Commands Quick Reference Table 13 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VT :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VT <units> ::= {DECibel | VRMS} for page 392) YPe <units> (see YPe? (see the FFT (magnitude) operation page 392) <units> ::= {DEGRees | RADians} for the FFTPhase operation <m>...

  • Page 89: Function:Operation

    Commands Quick Reference Table 13 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:OPERatio :FUNCtion<m>:OPERatio <operation> ::= {ADD | SUBTract | page 402) n <operation> (see n? (see MULTiply | DIVide | INTegrate | page 400) DIFF | FFT | FFTPhase | SQRT | MAGNify | ABSolute | SQUare | LN | LOG | EXP | TEN | LOWPass | HIGHpass | AVERage | LINear |...

  • Page 90: Function:Source1

    Commands Quick Reference Table 13 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 408) <source> (see (see FUNCtion<c> | MATH<c> | page 408) WMEMory<r> | BUS<b>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <c>...

  • Page 91: Lister:data

    Commands Quick Reference Table 15 :LISTer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :LISTer:DATA? (see <binary_block> ::= page 418) comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each row :LISTer:DISPlay {{OFF :LISTer:DISPlay? (see {OFF | SBUS1 | SBUS2 | ALL} page 419) | 0} | {SBUS1 | ON |...

  • Page 92: Marker:x2Position

    Commands Quick Reference Table 16 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:X2Position :MARKer:X2Position? <position> ::= X2 cursor position page 430) <position>[suffix] (see value in NR3 format page 430) (see [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz} <return_value>...

  • Page 93: Marker:ydelta

    Commands Quick Reference Table 16 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:YDELta? (see <return_value> ::= Y cursors page 439) delta value in NR3 format :MARKer:YUNits <mode> :MARKer:YUNits? (see <units> ::= {BASE | PERCent} page 440) page 440) (see :MARKer:YUNits:USE...

  • Page 94: Measure:bwidth

    Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:BWIDth :MEASure:BWIDth? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 464) page 464) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 95: Measure:delay

    Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DELay :MEASure:DELay? <source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source1>] [<source1>] FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | [,<source2>] (see [,<source2>] (see WMEMory<r>} page 470) page 470) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 96: Measure:dual:vbase

    Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DUAL:VAVerag :MEASure:DUAL:VAVerag <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} e [<interval>] e? [<interval>] <source1>,<source2> ::= [,<source1>][,<source [,<source1>][,<source CHANnel<n> with N2820A probe page 475) page 475) 2>] (see 2>] (see connected <n>...

  • Page 97: Measure:dutycycle

    Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DUTYcycle :MEASure:DUTYcycle? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 479) page 479) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 98: Measure:fft:cpower

    Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:FFT:CPOWer :MEASure:FFT:CPOWer? <source> ::= {FUNCtion<m> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see MATH<m> | FFT} (source must be an page 482) page 482) FFT waveform) <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <return_value>...

  • Page 99: Measure:nduty

    Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:NDUTy :MEASure:NDUTy? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 486) page 486) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 100: Measure:nwidth

    Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:NWIDth :MEASure:NWIDth? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 489) page 489) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 101: Measure:period

    Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PERiod :MEASure:PERiod? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 493) page 493) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 102: Measure:preshoot

    Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PREShoot :MEASure:PREShoot? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 496) page 496) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 103: Measure:sdeviation

    Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:SDEViation :MEASure:SDEViation? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 502) page 502) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 104: Measure:statistics:display

    Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:STATistics:D :MEASure:STATistics:D {0 | 1} page 508) ISPlay {{0 | OFF} | ISPlay? (see {1 | ON}} (see page 508) :MEASure:STATistics:I NCRement (see page 509) :MEASure:STATistics:M :MEASure:STATistics:M <setting>...

  • Page 105: Measure:tvalue

    Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:TVALue? <value> ::= voltage level that <value>, the waveform must cross. [<slope>]<occurrence> <slope> ::= direction of the [,<source>] (see waveform when <value> is crossed. page 516) <occurrence>...

  • Page 106: Measure:vaverage

    Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VAVerage :MEASure:VAVerage? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>][,<source [<interval>][,<source <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 519) page 519) >] (see >] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | WMEMory<r>} <n>...
  • Page 107 Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VMIN :MEASure:VMIN? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | FFT | MATH<m> | page 522) page 522) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 108 Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VRMS :MEASure:VRMS? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>] [<interval>] <type> ::= {AC | DC} [,<type>][,<source>] [,<type>][,<source>] page 525) page 525) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | (see (see FUNCtion<m>...
  • Page 109 Commands Quick Reference Table 17 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:XMIN :MEASure:XMIN? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | FFT | MATH<m> | page 529) page 529) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 110 Commands Quick Reference Table 18 :MEASure Power Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ANGLe :MEASure:ANGLe? <source1>, <source2> ::= [<source1>][,<source2 [<source1>][,<source2 {CHANnel<n>} page 536) page 536) >] (see >] (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <return_value>...
  • Page 111 Commands Quick Reference Table 18 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ELOSs :MEASure:ELOSs? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 541) page 541) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 112 Commands Quick Reference Table 18 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PCURrent :MEASure:PCURrent? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 547) page 547) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 113 Commands Quick Reference Table 18 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:REAL :MEASure:REAL? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} page 551) page 551) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 114 Commands Quick Reference Table 18 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:TRESponse :MEASure:TRESponse? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 553) page 553) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 115 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta? <value> ::= X delta value in NR3 page 564) page 564) <value> (see (see format :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta? <value> ::= Y delta value in NR3 page 565) page...
  • Page 116 Commands Quick Reference Table 19 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:RMODe:TIME :MTESt:RMODe:TIME? <seconds> ::= from 1 to 86400 in page 579) <seconds> (see (see NR3 format page 579) :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeform :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeform <count> ::= number of waveforms page 580) s <count>...
  • Page 117 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:CLResponse:DAT <gain_margin> ::= gain margin in A:GMARgin? (see dB in NR3 format. page 600) :POWer:CLResponse:DAT <frequency> ::= 0 degrees phase A:GMARgin:FREQuency? crossover frequency in Hz in NR3 page 601) (see...
  • Page 118 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:CLResponse:WGE :POWer:CLResponse:WGE <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} page 612) N:LOAD <impedance> N:LOAD? (see page 612) (see :POWer:CLResponse:WGE :POWer:CLResponse:WGE <amplitude> ::= amplitude in N:VOLTage N:VOLTage? [<range>] volts in NR3 format page 613)
  • Page 119 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:HARMonics:RPOW :POWer:HARMonics:RPOW <source> ::= {MEASured | USER} page 625) er <source> (see er? (see page 625) :POWer:HARMonics:RPOW :POWer:HARMonics:RPOW <value> ::= Watts from 1.0 to er:USER <value> (see er:USER? (see 600.0 in NR3 format page...
  • Page 120 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:ONOFf:TEST {{0 :POWer:ONOFf:TEST? {0 | 1} page 641) | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 641) (see :POWer:ONOFf:THReshol :POWer:ONOFf:THReshol <type> ::= {0 | 1} ds <type>, ds? <type>...
  • Page 121 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:PSRR:TRACe :POWer:PSRR:TRACe? <selection> ::= {NONE | GAIN} page 654) <selection> (see (see page 654) :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:LOAD :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:LOAD <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} page 655) <impedance> (see ? (see page 655)
  • Page 122 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:DURati :POWer:SIGNals:DURati <value> ::= value in NR3 format on:ONOFf:ON on:ONOFf:ON? (see [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} page 666) <value>[suffix] (see page 666) :POWer:SIGNals:DURati :POWer:SIGNals:DURati...
  • Page 123 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:VSTead :POWer:SIGNals:VSTead <value> ::= Expected steady stage y:TRANsient y:TRANsient? (see output Voltage value in NR3 page 676) <value>[suffix] (see format page 676) [suffix] ::= {V | mV} :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce <i>...
  • Page 124 Commands Quick Reference Table 20 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:TRANsient:IINi :POWer:TRANsient:IINi <value> ::= Initial current value page 689) tial <value>[suffix] tial? (see in NR3 format page 689) (see [suffix] ::= {A | mA} :POWer:TRANsient:INEW :POWer:TRANsient:INEW <value>...
  • Page 125 Commands Quick Reference Table 21 :RECall Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :RECall:MASK[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page 699) <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string :RECall:PWD :RECall:PWD? (see <path_name>...
  • Page 126 Commands Quick Reference Table 22 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors? {0 | 1} page 710) {{0 | OFF} | {1 | (see page 710) ON}} (see :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat? <format> ::= {{BMP | BMP24bit} | page 711) <format>...
  • Page 127 Commands Quick Reference Table 22 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:RESults:FORMat: :SAVE:RESults:FORMat: {0 | 1} MEASurement {{0 | MEASurement? (see page 722) OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 722) :SAVE:RESults:FORMat: :SAVE:RESults:FORMat: {0 | 1} page 723) SEARch {{0 | OFF} |...
  • Page 128 Commands Quick Reference Table 22 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 731) <source> (see (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 731) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 129 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:R page 744) ESet (see :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:W <word_count> ::= integer in NR1 page 745) ORD? (see format :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat? <format> ::= {LDSDi | LDSSm | page 746) <format>...
  • Page 130 Commands Quick Reference Table 24 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger <min> ::= 8-bit integer in page 754) :RANGe <min>,<max> :RANGe? (see decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or page 754) (see <string> from 0-255 <max> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string>...
  • Page 131 Commands Quick Reference Table 25 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTanda :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTanda <std> ::= {ISO | NISO} page 768) rd <std> (see rd? (see page 768) :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepo :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepo <percent> ::= 30.0 to 90.0 in NR3 page 769) int <percent>...
  • Page 132 Commands Quick Reference Table 25 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <start> ::= integer between 0 and PATTern:DATA:STARt PATTern:DATA:STARt? 63, in NR1 format. page 781) page 781) <start> (see (see :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= PATTern:ID <string>...
  • Page 133 Commands Quick Reference Table 26 :SBUS<n>:CXPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger <mode> ::= {SOF | EOF | PTYPe | page 793) page 794) <mode> (see ? (see ID | DATA | LDATa | CRCerror | PARityerror | IBSerror | IFSerror | FRAMingerror | DLENgtherror | SAMPleerror | ALLerrors |...
  • Page 134 Commands Quick Reference Table 26 :SBUS<n>:CXPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger <dlc> ::= integer between -1 :PATTern:INFO:DLC :PATTern:INFO:DLC? (don't care) and 15, in NR1 page 802) page 802) <dlc> (see (see format, when trigger is in DATA mode.
  • Page 135 Commands Quick Reference Table 27 :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger: <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | QUALifier <value> QUALifier? (see LESSthan | GREaterthan} page 811) page 811) (see :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[ :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[ <type> ::= {STARt | STOP | page 812) :TYPE] <type>...
  • Page 136 Commands Quick Reference Table 28 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: <value> ::= 7-bit integer in page 825) ID <value> (see ID? (see decimal, <nondecimal>, or page 825) <string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal>...
  • Page 137 Commands Quick Reference Table 29 :SBUS<n>:M1553 Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:M1553:AUTose page 834) tup (see :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE? <base> ::= {BINary | HEX} page 835) page 835) <base> (see (see :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} page 836) <source>...
  • Page 138 Commands Quick Reference Table 30 :SBUS<n>:MANChester Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:MANChester:D :SBUS<n>:MANChester:D <#words> ::= from 1-255, in NR1 page 846) SIZe {AUTO | SIZe? (see format <#words>} (see page 846) :SBUS<n>:MANChester:H :SBUS<n>:MANChester:H <#bits> ::= from 0-32, in NR1 page 847) SIZe <#bits>...
  • Page 139 Commands Quick Reference Table 30 :SBUS<n>:MANChester Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:MANChester:T :SBUS<n>:MANChester:T <#bits> ::= from 0-32, in NR1 page 857) SIZe <#bits> (see SIZe? (see format page 857) :SBUS<n>:MANChester:W :SBUS<n>:MANChester:W <#bits> ::= from 2-32, in NR1 page 858) SIZe <#bits>...
  • Page 140 Commands Quick Reference Table 31 :SBUS<n>:NRZ Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:NRZ:STARt :SBUS<n>:NRZ:STARt? <#bits> ::= from 0-255, in NR1 page 872) page 872) <#bits> (see (see format :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger? <mode> ::= {SOF | VALue} page 873) page 873) <mode>...
  • Page 141 Commands Quick Reference Table 32 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. s>:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} s>:DISPlay? (see {0 | 1} page 890) | {1 | ON}} (see page 890) :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<...
  • Page 142 Commands Quick Reference Table 32 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger <data> ::= when ILENgth = SHORt, :SLOW:DATA <data> :SLOW:DATA? (see from -1 (don't care) to 65535, in page 906) page 906) (see NR1 format. <data>...
  • Page 143 Commands Quick Reference Table 33 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:T <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 XFRames? (see format page 920) :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing <value> ::= {OFF | <decimal> | page 921) page 921) <value> (see ? (see <nondecimal>} <decimal>...
  • Page 144 Commands Quick Reference Table 33 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger <value> ::= 8-bit integer from page 928) :DATA <value> (see :DATA? (see 0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal, page 928) <hexadecimal>, <binary>, or <quoted_string> format <hexadecimal>...
  • Page 145 Commands Quick Reference Table 34 :SBUS<n>:USBPd Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGge :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGge <type> ::= {GOODcrc | GOTOmin | r:HEADer:CMESsage r:HEADer:CMESsage? ACCept | REJect | PING | PSRDy | page 938) page 938) <type> (see (see GSRCap | GSNCap | DRSWap | PRSWap | VCSWap | WAIT | SRST | GSCX | GSTatus | FRSWap | GPSTatus |...
  • Page 146 Commands Quick Reference Table 36 :SEARch:EDGE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe? <slope> ::= {POSitive | NEGative page 952) page 952) <slope> (see (see | EITHer} :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce? <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 953) <source> (see (see <n>...
  • Page 147 Commands Quick Reference Table 38 :SEARch:PEAK Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursio :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursio <delta_level> ::= required page 962) n <delta_level> (see n? (see change in level to be recognized page 962) as a peak, in NR3 format. :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks? <number>...
  • Page 148 Commands Quick Reference Table 40 :SEARch:TRANsition Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:TRANsition:QU :SEARch:TRANsition:QU <qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | ALifier <qualifier> ALifier? (see LESSthan} page 972) page 972) (see :SEARch:TRANsition:SL :SEARch:TRANsition:SL <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} page 973) OPe <slope> (see OPe? (see page 973)
  • Page 149 Commands Quick Reference Table 42 :SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO <value> ::= {IDEither | IDData | page 983) DE <value> (see DE? (see DATA | IDRemote | ERRor | page 983) ACKerror | FORMerror | STUFferror | CRCerror | ALLerrors | OVERload | MESSage | MSIGnal} :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA...
  • Page 150 Commands Quick Reference Table 43 :SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA <value> ::= integer or <string> TTern:DATA <value> TTern:DATA? (see <string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9 page 996) page 996) (see | A,..,F} :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA <value>...
  • Page 151 Commands Quick Reference Table 44 :SEARch:SERial:LIN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA :SEARch:SERial:LIN:PA <base> ::= {HEX | DECimal} TTern:FORMat <base> TTern:FORMat? (see page 1004) page 1004) (see :SEARch:SERial:LIN:SY :SEARch:SERial:LIN:SY <name> ::= quoted ASCII string MBolic:FRAMe <name> MBolic:FRAMe? (see page 1005)
  • Page 152 Commands Quick Reference Table 46 :SEARch:SERial:SENT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:SENT:F :SEARch:SERial:SENT:F <string> ::= "0xn..." where n ::= AST:DATA <string> AST:DATA? (see {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} page 1013) page 1013) (see :SEARch:SERial:SENT:M :SEARch:SERial:SENT:M <mode>...
  • Page 153 (see ASCII string, up to 63 characters page 1030) <manufacturer_string> page 1030) (see :SYSTem:PERSona[:MANu Sets manufacturer string to facturer]:DEFault "KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES" page 1031) (see :SYSTem:PRECision {{1 :SYSTem:PRECision? {1 | 0} page 1032) | ON} | {0 | OFF}} (see...
  • Page 154 Commands Quick Reference Table 48 :SYSTem Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SYSTem:RLOGger <setting> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | <setting>[,<file_name ON}} >[,<write_mode>]] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII page 1038) (see string <write_mode> ::= {CREate | APPend} :SYSTem:RLOGger:DESTi :SYSTem:RLOGger:DESTi <dest>...
  • Page 155 Commands Quick Reference Table 49 :TIMebase Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TIMebase:MODE :TIMebase:MODE? (see <value> ::= {MAIN | WINDow | XY | page 1051) <value> (see ROLL} page 1051) :TIMebase:POSition :TIMebase:POSition? <pos> ::= time from the trigger page 1052) page...
  • Page 156 Commands Quick Reference Table 50 General :TRIGger Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:FORCe (see page 1067) :TRIGger:HFReject {{0 :TRIGger:HFReject? {0 | 1} page 1068) | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 1068) (see :TRIGger:HOLDoff :TRIGger:HOLDoff? <holdoff_time> ::= 60 ns to 10 s page 1069) <holdoff_time>...
  • Page 157 Commands Quick Reference Table 50 General :TRIGger Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:NREJect {{0 :TRIGger:NREJect? {0 | 1} page 1077) | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 1077) (see :TRIGger:SWEep :TRIGger:SWEep? (see <sweep> ::= {AUTO | NORMal} page 1078) <sweep>...
  • Page 158 Commands Quick Reference Table 52 :TRIGger:EBURst Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:EBURst:SLOPe :TRIGger:EBURst:SLOPe <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} page 1089) <slope> (see ? (see page 1089) :TRIGger:EBURst:SOURc :TRIGger:EBURst:SOURc <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 1090) e <source> (see e? (see <n>...
  • Page 159 Commands Quick Reference Table 54 :TRIGger:GLITch Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:GLITch:GREat :TRIGger:GLITch:GREat <greater_than_time> ::= erthan erthan? (see floating-point number in NR3 page 1098) <greater_than_time>[s format page 1098) uffix] (see [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSt :TRIGger:GLITch:LESSt <less_than_time>...
  • Page 160 Commands Quick Reference Table 55 :TRIGger:NFC Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:NFC:AEVent :TRIGger:NFC:AEVent? <arm_event> ::= {NONE | ASReq | page 1106) <arm_event> (see (see AALLreq | AEITher | BSReq | page 1106) BALLreq | BEITher | FSReq} :TRIGger:NFC:ATTime? <time>...
  • Page 161 Commands Quick Reference Table 57 :TRIGger:PATTern Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:PATTern :TRIGger:PATTern? <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= page 1119) <string>[,<edge_sourc (see {0 | 1 | X | R | F} when <base> = e>,<edge>] (see ASCii <string>...
  • Page 162 Commands Quick Reference Table 58 :TRIGger:PXI Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:PXI:MALine<n :TRIGger:PXI:MALine<n <setting> ::= {0 | 1} >:ENABle {{0 | OFF} | >:ENABle? (see <n> ::= 0 to (# chassis lines - page 1128) {1 | ON}} (see 1) in NR1 format page 1128)
  • Page 163 Commands Quick Reference Table 60 :TRIGger:SHOLd Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe? <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} page 1140) <slope> (see (see page 1140) :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce :TRIGger:SHOLd:SOURce <source> ::= CHANnel<n> :CLOCk <source> (see :CLOCk? (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 1141) page...
  • Page 164 Commands Quick Reference Table 62 :TRIGger:TV Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:TV:LINE :TRIGger:TV:LINE? <line number> ::= integer in NR1 page 1151) <line number> (see (see format page 1151) :TRIGger:TV:MODE <tv :TRIGger:TV:MODE? <tv mode> ::= {FIEld1 | FIEld2 | page 1152) page...
  • Page 165 Commands Quick Reference Table 63 :TRIGger:ZONE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :TRIGger:ZONE:SOURce :TRIGger:ZONE:SOURce? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} page 1161) <source> (see (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 1161) in NR1 format :TRIGger:ZONE:STATe :TRIGger:ZONE:STATe? {0 | 1} page 1162) {{0 | OFF} | {1 |...
  • Page 166 Commands Quick Reference Table 64 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WAVeform:DATA? (see <binary block length bytes>, page 1177) <binary data> For example, to transmit 1000 bytes of data, the syntax would be: #800001000<1000 bytes of data><NL>...
  • Page 167 Commands Quick Reference Table 64 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WAVeform:PREamble? <preamble_block> ::= <format page 1184) (see NR1>, <type NR1>,<points NR1>,<count NR1>, <xincrement NR3>, <xorigin NR3>, <xreference NR1>,<yincrement NR3>, <yorigin NR3>, <yreference NR1> <format> ::= an integer in NR1 format: •...
  • Page 168 Commands Quick Reference Table 64 :WAVeform Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WAVeform:SOURce:SUBS :WAVeform:SOURce:SUBS <subsource> ::= {{SUB0 | RX | page 1195) ource <subsource> ource? (see MOSI} | {SUB1 | TX | MISO}} page 1195) (see :WAVeform:TYPE? (see <return_mode>...
  • Page 169 Commands Quick Reference Table 65 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:BY :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:BY <order> ::= {MSBFirst | LSBFirst} Teorder <order> (see Teorder? (see <w> ::= 1 to (# WaveGen outputs) page 1210) page 1210) in NR1 format :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:DA <binary>...
  • Page 170 Commands Quick Reference Table 65 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:ARBitrary:ST <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | ORe <source> (see WMEMory<r> | FUNCtion<m> | FFT | page 1218) MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 171 Commands Quick Reference Table 65 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:MODulation:A :WGEN<w>:MODulation:A <frequency> ::= modulating M:FREQuency M:FREQuency? (see waveform frequency in Hz in NR3 page 1228) <frequency> (see format page 1228) <w> ::= 1 in NR1 format :WGEN<w>:MODulation:F :WGEN<w>:MODulation:F <frequency>...
  • Page 172 Commands Quick Reference Table 65 :WGEN<w> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:LOAD :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:LOAD? <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} page 1240) <impedance> (see (see <w> ::= 1 to (# WaveGen outputs) page 1240) in NR1 format :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:MODE :WGEN<w>:OUTPut:MODE? <mode>...
  • Page 173 Commands Quick Reference Table 66 :WMEMory<r> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :WMEMory<r>:CLEar <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in page 1253) (see NR1 format :WMEMory<r>:DISPlay :WMEMory<r>:DISPlay? <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in page 1254) {{0 | OFF} | {1 | (see NR1 format...
  • Page 174 Commands Quick Reference Table 66 :WMEMory<r> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :WMEMory<r>:YRANge :WMEMory<r>:YRANge? <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in page 1259) <range>[suffix] (see (see NR1 format page 1259) <range> ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} :WMEMory<r>:YSCale :WMEMory<r>:YSCale?

  • Page 175: Syntax Elements

    Commands Quick Reference Syntax Elements • "Number Format" on page 175 • "<NL> (Line Terminator)" on page 175 • "[ ] (Optional Syntax Terms)" on page 175 • "{ } (Braces)" on page 175 • "::= (Defined As)" on page 175 •...

  • Page 176: N,..,P (Value Ranges)

    Commands Quick Reference < > (Angle Brackets) < > Angle brackets enclose words or characters that symbolize a program code parameter or an interface command..(Ellipsis) ... An ellipsis (trailing dots) indicates that the preceding element may be repeated one or more times.
  • Page 177 Commands Quick Reference <1000 bytes of data> is the actual data Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 178 Commands Quick Reference Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 179 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 6 Common (*) Commands Commands defined by IEEE 488.2 standard that are common to all instruments. "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 183. Table 67 Common (*) Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns page 185)
  • Page 180 Common (*) Commands Table 67 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 192) page 192) *OPC (see *OPC? (see ASCII "1" is placed in the output queue when all pending device operations have completed. page 193) *OPT? (see <return_value>...
  • Page 181 Common (*) Commands Table 67 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 193) *OPT? (see <All field> ::= {0 | All} (cont'd) <reserved> ::= 0 <Memory> ::= {0 | MEMUP} <Low Speed Serial> ::= {0 | EMBD} <Automotive Serial>...
  • Page 182 Common (*) Commands Table 67 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 193) *OPT? (see <Automotive Software> ::= {0 | (cont'd) M9240AUTB} <General Purpose Software> ::= {0 | M9240GENB} <Aerospace Software> ::= {0 | M9240AERB} <Power Supply Test Software>...
  • Page 183 Common (*) Commands Table 67 Common (*) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 202) *STB? (see <value> ::= 0 to 255; an integer in NR1 format, as shown in the following: Bit Weight Name "1" Indicates --- ------ ---- --------------- OPER Operation status condition occurred.
  • Page 184 Common (*) Commands Each of the status registers has an enable (mask) register. By setting the bits in the enable N OTE register, you can select the status information you want to use. Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 185 Common (*) Commands *CLS (Clear Status) (see page 1368) Command Syntax *CLS The *CLS common command clears the status data structures, the device-defined error queue, and the Request-for-OPC flag. If the *CLS command immediately follows a program message terminator, the output queue N OTE and the MAV (message available) bit are cleared.

  • Page 186: Ese (Standard Event Status Enable)

    Common (*) Commands *ESE (Standard Event Status Enable) (see page 1368) Command Syntax *ESE <mask_argument> <mask_argument> ::= integer from 0 to 255 The *ESE common command sets the bits in the Standard Event Status Enable Register. The Standard Event Status Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Standard Event Status Register.
  • Page 187 Common (*) Commands The *ESE? query returns the current contents of the Standard Event Status Enable Register. Return Format <mask_argument><NL> <mask_argument> ::= 0,..,255; an integer in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 183 • "*ESR (Standard Event Status Register)"...

  • Page 188: Esr (Standard Event Status Register)

    Common (*) Commands *ESR (Standard Event Status Register) (see page 1368) Query Syntax *ESR? The *ESR? query returns the contents of the Standard Event Status Register. When you read the Event Status Register, the value returned is the total bit weights of all of the bits that are high at the time you read the byte.
  • Page 189 Common (*) Commands Reading the Standard Event Status Register clears it. High or 1 indicates the bit is true. N OTE See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 183 • "*ESE (Standard Event Status Enable)" on page 186 •...

  • Page 190: Idn (Identification Number)

    The *IDN? query identifies the instrument type and software version. Return Format <manufacturer_string>,<model>,<serial_number>,X.XX.XX <NL> <manufacturer_string> ::= KEYSIGHT TECHNOLOGIES <model> ::= the model number of the instrument <serial_number> ::= the serial number of the instrument X.XX.XX ::= the software revision of the instrument See Also •...

  • Page 191: Lrn (Learn Device Setup)

    Common (*) Commands *LRN (Learn Device Setup) (see page 1368) Query Syntax *LRN? The *LRN? query result contains the current state of the instrument. This query is similar to the :SYSTem:SETup? (see page 1045) query, except that it contains ":SYST:SET " before the binary block data. The query result is a valid command that can be used to restore instrument settings at a later time.

  • Page 192: Opc (Operation Complete)

    Common (*) Commands *OPC (Operation Complete) (see page 1368) Command Syntax *OPC The *OPC command sets the operation complete bit in the Standard Event Status Register when all pending device operations have finished. You can use the *ESR? query to look at the OPC bit (bit 0) in the Standard Event Status Register to determine when an operation is complete.

  • Page 193: Opt (Option Identification)

    Common (*) Commands *OPT (Option Identification) (see page 1368) Query Syntax *OPT? The *OPT? query reports the options installed in the instrument. This query returns a string that identifies the module and its software revision level. Return Format 0,0,<license info> <license info>...
  • Page 194 Common (*) Commands <Remote Command Logging> ::= {0 | RML} <SENT Serial> ::= {0 | SENSOR} <CAN FD Serial> ::= {0 | CANFD} <CXPI Serial> ::= {0 | CXPI} <NFC Trigger> ::= {0 | NFC} <Manchester/NRZ Serial> ::= {0 | NRZ} <USB PD Serial>...

  • Page 195: Rcl (Recall)

    Common (*) Commands *RCL (Recall) (see page 1368) Command Syntax *RCL <value> <value> ::= {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9} The *RCL command restores the state of the instrument from the specified save/recall register.

  • Page 196: Rst (Reset)

    Common (*) Commands *RST (Reset) (see page 1368) Command Syntax *RST The *RST command places the instrument in a known state. This is the same as pressing [Save/Recall] > Default/Erase > Factory Default on the front panel. When you perform a factory default setup, there are no user settings that remain unchanged.
  • Page 197 Common (*) Commands Display Menu Persistence Grid Quick Meas Menu Source Channel 1 Run Control Scope is running Time Base Menu Main time/division 100 us Main time base delay 0.00 s Delay time/division 500 ns Delay time base delay 0.00 s Reference center Mode...
  • Page 198 Common (*) Commands See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 183 • ":SYSTem:PRESet" on page 1034 Example Code ' RESET - This command puts the oscilloscope into a known state. ' This statement is very important for programs to work as expected. ' Most of the following initialization commands are initialized by ' *RST.

  • Page 199: Sav (Save)

    Common (*) Commands *SAV (Save) (see page 1368) Command Syntax *SAV <value> <value> ::= {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9} The *SAV command stores the current state of the instrument in a save register. The data parameter specifies the register where the data will be saved.

  • Page 200: Sre (Service Request Enable)

    Common (*) Commands *SRE (Service Request Enable) (see page 1368) Command Syntax *SRE <mask> <mask> ::= integer with values defined in the following table. The *SRE command sets the bits in the Service Request Enable Register. The Service Request Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Status Byte Register.
  • Page 201 Common (*) Commands Table 70 Service Request Enable Register (SRE) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Enables: OPER Operation Status Register Interrupts when enabled conditions in the Operation Status Register (OPER) occur. (Not used.) Event Status Bit Interrupts when enabled conditions in the Standard Event Status Register (ESR) occur.

  • Page 202: Stb (Read Status Byte)

    Common (*) Commands *STB (Read Status Byte) (see page 1368) Query Syntax *STB? The *STB? query returns the current value of the instrument's status byte. The MSS (Master Summary Status) bit is reported on bit 6 instead of the RQS (request service) bit.
  • Page 203 Common (*) Commands Table 71 Status Byte Register (STB) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Indicates: OPER Operation Status Register An enabled condition in the Operation Status Register (OPER) has occurred. Request Service When polled, that the device is requesting service. Master Summary Status When read (by *STB?), whether the device has a reason for requesting service.

  • Page 204: Trg (Trigger)

    Common (*) Commands *TRG (Trigger) (see page 1368) Command Syntax *TRG The *TRG command has the same effect as the :DIGitize command with no parameters. See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 183 • ":DIGitize" on page 217 •...

  • Page 205: Tst (Self Test)

    Common (*) Commands *TST (Self Test) (see page 1368) Query Syntax *TST? The *TST? query performs a self-test on the instrument. The result of the test is placed in the output queue. A zero indicates the test passed and a non-zero indicates the test failed.

  • Page 206: Wai (Wait To Continue)

    Common (*) Commands *WAI (Wait To Continue) (see page 1368) Command Syntax *WAI The *WAI command has no function in the oscilloscope, but is parsed for compatibility with other instruments. See Also • "Introduction to Common (*) Commands" on page 183 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 207 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 7 Root (:) Commands Control many of the basic functions of the oscilloscope and reside at the root level of the command tree. See "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 209. Table 72 Root (:) Commands Summary Command Query...
  • Page 208 Root (:) Commands Table 72 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DIGitize <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>[,..,<source FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | page 217) >]] (see SBUS{1 | 2}} <source> can be repeated up to 5 times <n>...
  • Page 209 Root (:) Commands Table 72 Root (:) Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns page 239) :RUN (see page 240) :SERial (see <return value> ::= unquoted string containing serial number page 241) :SINGle (see :STATus? <display> {0 | 1} page 242) (see...

  • Page 210: Aer (Arm Event Register)

    Root (:) Commands :AER (Arm Event Register) (see page 1368) Query Syntax :AER? The AER query reads the Arm Event Register. After the Arm Event Register is read, it is cleared. A "1" indicates the trigger system is in the armed state, ready to accept a trigger.

  • Page 211: Autoscale

    Root (:) Commands :AUToscale (see page 1368) Command Syntax :AUToscale :AUToscale [<source>[,..,<source>]] <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The <source> parameter may be repeated up to 5 times. The :AUToscale command evaluates all input signals and sets the correct conditions to display the signals.
  • Page 212 Root (:) Commands • ":AUToscale:AMODE" on page 213 Example Code ' AUTOSCALE - This command evaluates all the input signals and sets ' the correct conditions to display all of the active signals. myScope.WriteString ":AUToscale" ' Same as pressing Auto Scale key. See complete example programs at: Chapter 40, “Programming Examples,”...

  • Page 213: Autoscale:amode

    Root (:) Commands :AUToscale:AMODE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :AUToscale:AMODE <value> <value> ::= {NORMal | CURRent} The :AUToscale:AMODE command specifies the acquisition mode that is set by subsequent :AUToscales. • When NORMal is selected, an :AUToscale command sets the NORMal acquisition type and the RTIMe (real-time) acquisition mode.

  • Page 214: Autoscale:channels

    Root (:) Commands :AUToscale:CHANnels (see page 1368) Command Syntax :AUToscale:CHANnels <value> <value> ::= {ALL | DISPlayed} The :AUToscale:CHANnels command specifies which channels will be displayed on subsequent :AUToscales. • When ALL is selected, all channels that meet the requirements of :AUToscale will be displayed.

  • Page 215: Autoscale:fdebug

    Root (:) Commands :AUToscale:FDEBug (see page 1368) Command Syntax :AUToscale:FDEBug <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :AUToscale:FDEBug command turns fast debug auto scaling on or off. The Fast Debug option changes the behavior of :AUToscale to let you make quick visual comparisons to determine whether the signal being probed is a DC voltage, ground, or an active AC signal.

  • Page 216: Blank

    Root (:) Commands :BLANk (see page 1368) Command Syntax :BLANk [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 217: Digitize

    Root (:) Commands :DIGitize (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DIGitize [<source>[,..,<source>]] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | SBUS{1 | 2}} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The <source>...
  • Page 218 Root (:) Commands Example Code ' Capture an acquisition using :DIGitize. ' ----------------------------------------------------------------- myScope.WriteString ":DIGitize CHANnel1" See complete example programs at: Chapter 40, “Programming Examples,” starting on page 1377 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 219: Hweenable (Hardware Event Enable Register)

    Root (:) Commands :HWEenable (Hardware Event Enable Register) (see page 1368) Command Syntax :HWEenable <mask> <mask> ::= 16-bit integer The :HWEenable command sets a mask in the Hardware Event Enable register. Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 12 in the Operation Status Condition Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service Request interrupt to be generated.
  • Page 220 Root (:) Commands • ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 232 • ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 235 • ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 237 • "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 202 • "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 200 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 221: Hweregister:condition (Hardware Event Condition Register)

    Root (:) Commands :HWERegister:CONDition (Hardware Event Condition Register) (see page 1368) Query Syntax :HWERegister:CONDition? The :HWERegister:CONDition? query returns the integer value contained in the Hardware Event Condition Register. :HWERegister:CONDition? Locked Hardware Event Condition Register :HWERegister[:EVENt]? Hardware Event Event Register Locked :HWEenable :HWEenable? Hardware Event Enable (Mask) Register...

  • Page 222: Hweregister[:Event] (Hardware Event Event Register)

    Root (:) Commands :HWERegister[:EVENt] (Hardware Event Event Register) (see page 1368) Query Syntax :HWERegister[:EVENt]? The :HWERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the integer value contained in the Hardware Event Event Register. :HWERegister:CONDition? Locked Hardware Event Condition Register :HWERegister[:EVENt]? Hardware Event Event Register Locked :HWEenable :HWEenable? Hardware Event Enable (Mask) Register...

  • Page 223: Mteenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register)

    Root (:) Commands :MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register) (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTEenable <mask> <mask> ::= 16-bit integer The :MTEenable command sets a mask in the Mask Test Event Enable register. Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 9 in the Operation Status Condition Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service Request) interrupt to be generated.
  • Page 224 Root (:) Commands <value> ::= integer in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 209 • ":AER (Arm Event Register)" on page 210 • ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 300 • ":OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register)" on page 232 •...

  • Page 225: Mteregister[:Event] (Mask Test Event Event Register)

    Root (:) Commands :MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Event Event Register) (see page 1368) Query Syntax :MTERegister[:EVENt]? The :MTERegister[:EVENt]? query returns the integer value contained in the Mask Test Event Event Register and clears the register. Com- Auto :MTERegister[:EVENt]? Pass Started Fail Mask plete Mask Test Event Event Register...
  • Page 226 Root (:) Commands • ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 235 • ":OVLRegister (Overload Event Register)" on page 237 • "*STB (Read Status Byte)" on page 202 • "*SRE (Service Request Enable)" on page 200 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 227: Opee (Operation Status Enable Register)

    Root (:) Commands :OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register) (see page 1368) Command Syntax :OPEE <mask> <mask> ::= 15-bit integer The :OPEE command sets a mask in the Operation Status Enable register. Set any of the following bits to "1" to enable bit 7 in the Status Byte Register and potentially cause an SRQ (Service Request) interrupt to be generated.
  • Page 228 Root (:) Commands Table 78 Operation Status Enable Register (OPEE) (continued) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Enables: (Not used.) Mask Test Event Event when mask test event occurs. (Not used.) Wait Wait Trig Event when the trigger is armed. Trig (Not used.) Running...

  • Page 229: Operegister:condition (Operation Status Condition Register)

    Root (:) Commands :OPERegister:CONDition (Operation Status Condition Register) (see page 1368) Query Syntax :OPERegister:CONDition? The :OPERegister:CONDition? query returns the integer value contained in the Operation Status Condition Register. From Hardware From Overload From Mask Test Event Registers AER? Set if remote user interface is enabled Event Registers Event Registers Run bit set if oscilloscope not stopped...
  • Page 230 Root (:) Commands Table 79 Operation Status Condition Register (continued) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Indicates: Mask Test Event A mask test event has occurred. (Not used.) Wait Wait Trig The trigger is armed (set by the Trigger Armed Trig Event Register (TER)).
  • Page 231 Root (:) Commands • ":MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register)" on page 223 • "*OPC (Operation Complete)" on page 192 • "Operation Status Condition Register (:OPERegister:CONDition)" page 1331 • "Example: Checking for Armed Status" on page 1339 • "Example: Waiting for IO Operation Complete" on page 1344 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 232: Operegister[:Event] (Operation Status Event Register)

    Root (:) Commands :OPERegister[:EVENt] (Operation Status Event Register) (see page 1368) Query Syntax :OPERegister[:EVENt]? The :OPERegister[:EVENt]? query reads and clears the integer value contained in the Operation Status Event Register. From Hardware From Overload From Mask Test Event Registers AER? Set if remote user interface is enabled Event Registers Event Registers...
  • Page 233 Root (:) Commands Table 80 Operation Status Event Register (continued) Name Description When Set (1 = High = True), Indicates: Mask Test Event A mask test event has occurred. (Not used.) Wait Wait Trig The trigger is armed (set by the Trigger Armed Trig Event Register (TER)).
  • Page 234 Root (:) Commands • ":MTERegister[:EVENt] (Mask Test Event Event Register)" on page 225 • ":MTEenable (Mask Test Event Enable Register)" on page 223 • "*OPC (Operation Complete)" on page 192 • "Operation Status Event Register (:OPERegister[:EVENt])" on page 1329 • "Example: Checking for Armed Status"...

  • Page 235: Ovlenable (Overload Event Enable Register)

    Root (:) Commands :OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register) (see page 1368) Command Syntax :OVLenable <enable_mask> <enable_mask> ::= 16-bit integer The overload enable mask is an integer representing an input as described in the following table. The :OVLenable command sets the mask in the Overload Event Enable Register and enables the reporting of the Overload Event Register.
  • Page 236 Root (:) Commands Table 81 Overload Event Enable Register (OVL) (continued) Description When Set (1 = High = True), Enables: Channel 3 OVL Event when overload occurs on Channel 3 input. Channel 2 OVL Event when overload occurs on Channel 2 input. Channel 1 OVL Event when overload occurs on Channel 1 input.

  • Page 237: Ovlregister (Overload Event Register)

    Root (:) Commands :OVLRegister (Overload Event Register) (see page 1368) Query Syntax :OVLRegister? The :OVLRegister query returns the overload protection value stored in the Overload Event Register (OVLR). If an overvoltage is sensed on a 50 input, the Ω input will automatically switch to 1 M input impedance.
  • Page 238 Root (:) Commands Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= integer in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 209 • ":CHANnel<n>:PROTection" on page 300 • ":OPEE (Operation Status Enable Register)" on page 227 • ":OVLenable (Overload Event Enable Register)" on page 235 •...
  • Page 239 Root (:) Commands :RUN (see page 1368) Command Syntax :RUN The :RUN command starts repetitive acquisitions. This is the same as pressing the Run key on the front panel. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 209 •...

  • Page 240: Serial

    Root (:) Commands :SERial (see page 1368) Query Syntax :SERial? The :SERial? query returns the serial number of the instrument. Return Format: Unquoted string<NL> See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 209 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 241: Single

    Root (:) Commands :SINGle (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SINGle The :SINGle command causes the instrument to acquire a single trigger of data. This is the same as pressing the Single key on the front panel. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 209 •...

  • Page 242: Status

    Root (:) Commands :STATus (see page 1368) Query Syntax :STATus? <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 243: Stop

    Root (:) Commands :STOP (see page 1368) Command Syntax :STOP The :STOP command stops the acquisition. This is the same as pressing the Stop key on the front panel. See Also • "Introduction to Root (:) Commands" on page 209 •...

  • Page 244: Ter (Trigger Event Register)

    Root (:) Commands :TER (Trigger Event Register) (see page 1368) Query Syntax :TER? The :TER? query reads the Trigger Event Register. After the Trigger Event Register is read, it is cleared. A one indicates a trigger has occurred. A zero indicates a trigger has not occurred.

  • Page 245: View

    Root (:) Commands :VIEW (see page 1368) Command Syntax :VIEW <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | SBUS{1 | 2} | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 246 Root (:) Commands Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 247 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 8 :ACQuire Commands Set the parameters for acquiring and storing data. See "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 248. Table 83 :ACQuire Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :ACQuire:AALias? (see {1 | 0} page 250)
  • Page 248 :ACQuire Commands Table 83 :ACQuire Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :ACQuire:SEGMented:AN page 259) ALyze (see :ACQuire:SEGMented:CO :ACQuire:SEGMented:CO <count> ::= an integer from 2 to page 260) UNt <count> (see UNt? (see 1000 in NR1 format page 260) :ACQuire:SEGMented:IN :ACQuire:SEGMented:IN...
  • Page 249 :ACQuire Commands averaged together to provide the value for one display point. The slower the sweep speed, the greater the number of samples that are averaged together for each display point. Peak Detect The :ACQuire:TYPE PEAK command sets the oscilloscope in the peak detect mode. In this mode, :ACQuire:COUNt has no meaning.

  • Page 250: Acquire:aalias

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:AALias (see page 1368) Query Syntax :ACQuire:AALias? The :ACQuire:AALias? query returns the current state of the oscilloscope acquisition anti-alias control. This control can be directly disabled or disabled automatically. Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= {1 | 0} See Also •...

  • Page 251: Acquire:complete

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:COMPlete (see page 1368) Command Syntax :ACQuire:COMPlete <complete> <complete> ::= 100; an integer in NR1 format The :ACQuire:COMPlete command affects the operation of the :DIGitize command. It specifies the minimum completion criteria for an acquisition. The parameter determines the percentage of the time buckets that must be "full" before an acquisition is considered complete.

  • Page 252: Acquire:count

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:COUNt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :ACQuire:COUNt <count> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format In averaging mode, the :ACQuire:COUNt command specifies the number of values to be averaged for each time bucket before the acquisition is considered to be complete for that time bucket.

  • Page 253: Acquire:daalias

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:DAALias (see page 1368) Command Syntax :ACQuire:DAALias <mode> <mode> ::= {DISable | AUTO} The :ACQuire:DAALias command sets the disable anti-alias mode of the oscilloscope. When set to DISable, anti-alias is always disabled. This is good for cases where dithered data is not desired.

  • Page 254: Acquire:digitizer

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:DIGitizer (see page 1368) Command Syntax :ACQuire:DIGitizer {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :ACQuire:DIGitizer command turns Digitizer mode on or off. Normally, when Digitizer mode is disabled (Automatic mode), the oscilloscope's time per division setting determines the sample rate and memory depth so as to fill the waveform display with data while the oscilloscope is running (continuously making acquisitions).

  • Page 255: Acquire:mode

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:MODE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :ACQuire:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {RTIMe | SEGMented} The :ACQuire:MODE command sets the acquisition mode of the oscilloscope. • The :ACQuire:MODE RTIMe command sets the oscilloscope in real time mode. The obsolete command ACQuire:TYPE:REALtime is functionally equivalent to sending N OTE ACQuire:MODE RTIMe;...

  • Page 256: Acquire:points[:Analog]

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:POINts[:ANALog] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :ACQuire:POINts[:ANALog] <points> <points> ::= {AUTO | <points_value>} <points_value> ::= desired analog memory depth in integer NR1 format Sets the desired acquisition memory depth. • AUTO — puts the oscilloscope into Automatic (default) mode where the optimal memory depth is selected automatically by the oscilloscope.

  • Page 257: Acquire:points[:Analog]:Auto

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:POINts[:ANALog]:AUTO (see page 1368) Command Syntax :ACQuire:POINts[:ANALog]:AUTO {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :ACQuire:POINts[:ANALog]:AUTO command enables or disables Automatic determination of the analog channel memory depth: • ON — the analog channel memory depth is automatically determined by the oscilloscope based on the horizontal time/div setting (Automatic mode, the oscilloscope's default).

  • Page 258: Acquire:rsignal

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:RSIGnal (see page 1368) Command Syntax :ACQuire:RSIGnal <ref_signal_mode> <ref_signal_mode> ::= {OFF | OUT | IN | PXIE} The :ACQuire:RSIGnal command selects the reference signal mode. A common reference signal can be used by multiple instruments to synchronize their timebases.

  • Page 259: Acquire:segmented:analyze

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze (see page 1368) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SEGMented:ANALyze This command calculates measurement statistics and/or infinite persistence over all segments that have been acquired. It corresponds to the front panel Analyze Segments softkey which appears in both the Measurement Statistics and Segmented Memory Menus.

  • Page 260: Acquire:segmented:count

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt <count> <count> ::= an integer from 2 to 1000 (w/4M memory) in NR1 format The :ACQuire:SEGMented:COUNt command sets the number of memory segments to acquire. The segmented memory acquisition mode is enabled with the :ACQuire:MODE command, and data is acquired using the :DIGitize, :SINGle, or :RUN commands.

  • Page 261: Acquire:segmented:index

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex (see page 1368) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex <index> <index> ::= an integer from 1 to 1000 (w/4M memory) in NR1 format The :ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex command sets the index into the memory segments that have been acquired. The segmented memory acquisition mode is enabled with the :ACQuire:MODE command.
  • Page 262 :ACQuire Commands Public strQueryResult As String Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long) Sub Main() On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Create the VISA COM I/O resource. Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = _ myMgr.Open("TCPIP0::10.112.94.136::hislip9-0.0::INSTR") myScope.IO.Clear ' Clear the interface.
  • Page 263 :ACQuire Commands myScope.WriteString ":ACQuire:SEGMented:INDex?" strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString Debug.Print "Acquisition memory segment index: " + strQueryResult ' Display the segment time tag. myScope.WriteString ":WAVeform:SEGMented:TTAG?" dblTimeTag = myScope.ReadNumber Debug.Print "Segment " + CStr(lngI) + " time tag: " _ + FormatNumber(dblTimeTag, 12) Next lngI Exit Sub VisaComError:...

  • Page 264: Acquire:srate[:Analog]

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SRATe[:ANALog] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SRATe[:ANALog] <rate> <rate> ::= {AUTO | <sample_rate>} <sample_rate> ::= desired analog sample rate in NR3 format Sets the desired acquisition sample rate: • AUTO — puts the oscilloscope into Automatic (default) mode where the optimal sample rate is selected automatically by the oscilloscope.

  • Page 265: Acquire:srate[:Analog]:Auto

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:SRATe[:ANALog]:AUTO (see page 1368) Command Syntax :ACQuire:SRATe[:ANALog]:AUTO {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :ACQuire:SRATe[:ANALog]:AUTO command enables or disables Automatic determination of the analog channel sample rate: • ON — the analog channel sample rate is automatically determined by the oscilloscope based on the horizontal time/div setting (Automatic mode, the oscilloscope's default).

  • Page 266: Acquire:type

    :ACQuire Commands :ACQuire:TYPE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :ACQuire:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {NORMal | AVERage | HRESolution | PEAK} The :ACQuire:TYPE command selects the type of data acquisition that is to take place. The acquisition types are: • NORMal — sets the oscilloscope in the normal mode. •...
  • Page 267 :ACQuire Commands See Also • "Introduction to :ACQuire Commands" on page 248 • ":ACQuire:COUNt" on page 252 • ":ACQuire:MODE" on page 255 • ":DIGitize" on page 217 • ":WAVeform:FORMat" on page 1179 • ":WAVeform:TYPE" on page 1196 • ":WAVeform:PREamble" on page 1184 Example Code ' AQUIRE_TYPE - Sets the acquisition mode, which can be NORMAL, ' PEAK, or AVERAGE.
  • Page 268 :ACQuire Commands Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 269 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 9 :CALibrate Commands Utility commands for viewing calibration status and for starting the user calibration procedure. See "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 270. Table 84 :CALibrate Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :CALibrate:DATE? (see <return value>...
  • Page 270 :CALibrate Commands Table 84 :CALibrate Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CALibrate:TEMPeratur <return value> ::= degrees C page 278) e? (see delta since last cal in NR3 format :CALibrate:TIME? (see <return value> ::= page 279) <hours>,<minutes>,<seconds>; all in NR1 format Introduction to The CALibrate subsystem provides utility commands for:...

  • Page 271: Calibrate:date

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:DATE (see page 1368) Query Syntax :CALibrate:DATE? The :CALibrate:DATE? query returns the date of the last calibration. Return Format <date><NL> <date> ::= year,month,day in NR1 format<NL> See Also • "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 270 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 272: Calibrate:label

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:LABel (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CALibrate:LABel <string> <string> ::= quoted ASCII string of up to 32 characters in length, not including the quotes The CALibrate:LABel command saves a string that is up to 32 characters in length into the instrument's non-volatile memory.

  • Page 273: Calibrate:output

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:OUTPut (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CALibrate:OUTPut <signal> <signal> ::= {TRIGgers | MASK | WAVEgen | WGEN1 | NFC | TSOurce | OFF} Note: WAVE and WGEN1 are equivalent. The CALibrate:OUTPut command sets the signal that is available on the Aux Out MMCX connector: •...
  • Page 274 :CALibrate Commands • TSOurce — The raw trigger signal from the oscilloscope's trigger circuit is output to Trig Out. It produces a rising edge whenever the input source would cause a trigger, even though that might occur multiple times within the time of a single acquisition.

  • Page 275: Calibrate:protected

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:PROTected (see page 1368) Query Syntax :CALibrate:PROTected? The :CALibrate:PROTected? query returns the rear-panel calibration protect (CAL PROTECT) button state. The value PROTected indicates calibration is disabled, and UNPRotected indicates calibration is enabled. Return Format <switch><NL> <switch> ::= {"PROTected" | "UNPRotected"} See Also •...

  • Page 276: Calibrate:start

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:STARt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CALibrate:STARt The CALibrate:STARt command starts the user calibration procedure. Before starting the user calibration procedure, you must set the rear panel CALIBRATION N OTE switch to UNPROTECTED, and you must connect BNC cables from the TRIG OUT connector to the analog channel inputs.

  • Page 277: Calibrate:status

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:STATus (see page 1368) Query Syntax :CALibrate:STATus? The :CALibrate:STATus? query returns the summary results of the last user calibration procedure. Return Format <return value><NL> <return value> ::= <status_code>,<status_string> <status_code> ::= an integer status code <status_string> ::= an ASCII status string The status codes and strings can be: Status Code Status String...

  • Page 278: Calibrate:temperature

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:TEMPerature (see page 1368) Query Syntax :CALibrate:TEMPerature? The :CALibrate:TEMPerature? query returns the change in temperature since the last user calibration procedure. Return Format <return value><NL> <return value> ::= degrees C delta since last cal in NR3 format See Also •...

  • Page 279: Calibrate:time

    :CALibrate Commands :CALibrate:TIME (see page 1368) Query Syntax :CALibrate:TIME? The :CALibrate:TIME? query returns the time of the last calibration. Return Format <date><NL> <date> ::= hour,minutes,seconds in NR1 format See Also • "Introduction to :CALibrate Commands" on page 270 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 280 :CALibrate Commands Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 281 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 10 :CHANnel<n> Commands Control all oscilloscope functions associated with individual analog channels or groups of channels. See "Introduction to :CHANnel<n> Commands" on page 283. Table 85 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit? {0 | 1}...
  • Page 282 :CHANnel<n> Commands Table 85 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:PROBe :CHANnel<n>:PROBe? <attenuation> ::= Probe page 292) <attenuation> (see (see attenuation ratio in NR3 format page 292) <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4r in NR1 format :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEA <head_param>...
  • Page 283 :CHANnel<n> Commands Table 85 :CHANnel<n> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :CHANnel<n>:RANGe :CHANnel<n>:RANGe? <range> ::= Vertical full-scale page 301) <range>[suffix] (see (see range value in NR3 format page 301) [suffix] ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format :CHANnel<n>:SCALe :CHANnel<n>:SCALe?
  • Page 284 :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHAN1:RANG +40.0E+00;OFFS +0.00000E+00;COUP DC;IMP ONEM;DISP 1;BWL 0; INV 0;LAB "1";UNIT VOLT;PROB +10E+00;PROB:SKEW +0.00E+00;STYP SING Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 285: Channel:Bwlimit

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit <bwlimit> <bwlimit> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit command controls an internal low-pass filter. When the filter is on, the bandwidth of the specified channel is limited to approximately 25 MHz.

  • Page 286: Channel:Coupling

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:COUPling (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:COUPling <coupling> <coupling> ::= {AC | DC} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:COUPling command selects the input coupling for the specified channel. The coupling for each analog channel can be set to AC or DC. Query Syntax :CHANnel<n>:COUPling? The :CHANnel<n>:COUPling? query returns the current coupling for the specified...

  • Page 287: Channel:Display

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay <display value> <display value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay command turns the display of the specified channel on or off.

  • Page 288: Channel:Impedance

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance <impedance> <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:IMPedance command selects the input impedance setting for the specified analog channel. The legal values for this command are ONEMeg (1 M ) and FIFTy (50 Ω...

  • Page 289: Channel:Invert

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:INVert (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:INVert <invert value> <invert value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:INVert command selects whether or not to invert the input signal for the specified channel.

  • Page 290: Channel:Label

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:LABel (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:LABel <string> <string> ::= quoted ASCII string <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format Label strings are 32 characters or less, and may contain any commonly used ASCII characters. N OTE Labels with more than 32 characters are truncated to 32 characters.

  • Page 291: Channel:Offset

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet <offset> [<suffix>] <offset> ::= Vertical offset value in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command sets the value that is represented at center screen for the selected channel.

  • Page 292: Channel:Probe

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe <attenuation> <attenuation> ::= probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The obsolete attenuation values X1, X10, X20, X100 are also supported. The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe command specifies the probe attenuation factor for the selected channel.

  • Page 293: Channel:Probe:head[:Type]

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] (see page 1368) Command Syntax This command is valid only for the 113xA Series probes. N OTE :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:HEAD[:TYPE] <head_param> <head_param> ::= {SEND0 | SEND6 | SEND12 | SEND20 | DIFF0 | DIFF6 | DIFF12 | DIFF20 | DSMA | DSMA6 | NONE} <n>...

  • Page 294: Channel:Probe:id

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID (see page 1368) Query Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID? <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ID? query returns the type of probe attached to the specified oscilloscope channel. Return Format <probe id><NL> <probe id> ::= unquoted ASCII string up to 11 characters Some of the possible returned values are: •...

  • Page 295: Channel:Probe:mmodel

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:MMODel (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:MMODel <value> <value> ::= {P5205 | P5210 | P6205 | P6241 | P6243 | P6245 | P6246 | P6247 | P6248 | P6249 | P6250 | P6251 | P670X | P671X | TCP202} <n>...

  • Page 296: Channel:Probe:rsense

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:RSENse (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:RSENse <value> <value> ::= Ohms in NR3 format <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format When the N2820A high-sensitivity current probe is used with the N2825A user-defined R-sense head, the :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:RSENse command specifies the value of the R-sense resistor that is being probed in the device under test (DUT).

  • Page 297: Channel:Probe:skew

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW <skew value> <skew value> ::= skew time in NR3 format <skew value> ::= -100 ns to +100 ns <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:SKEW command sets the channel-to-channel skew factor for the specified channel.

  • Page 298: Channel:Probe:stype

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe (see page 1368) Command Syntax This command is valid only for the 113xA Series probes. N OTE :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe <signal type> <signal type> ::= {DIFFerential | SINGle} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:STYPe command sets the channel probe signal type (STYPe) to differential or single-ended when using the 113xA Series probes and determines how offset is applied.

  • Page 299: Channel:Probe:zoom

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ZOOM (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ZOOM {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format When the N2820A high-sensitivity current probe is used with both the Primary and Secondary cables, the :CHANnel<n>:PROBe:ZOOM command specifies whether this cable will have the Zoom In waveform (ON) or the Zoom Out waveform (OFF).

  • Page 300: Channel:Protection

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:PROTection (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:PROTection[:CLEar] <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format| 4} When the analog channel input impedance is set to 50 , the input channels are Ω protected against overvoltage. When an overvoltage condition is sensed, the input impedance for the channel is automatically changed to 1 M Ω...

  • Page 301: Channel:Range

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:RANGe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:RANGe <range>[<suffix>] <range> ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:RANGe command defines the full-scale vertical axis of the selected channel.

  • Page 302: Channel:Scale

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:SCALe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:SCALe <scale>[<suffix>] <scale> ::= vertical units per division in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command sets the vertical scale, or units per division, of the selected channel.

  • Page 303: Channel:Units

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:UNITs (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:UNITs <units> <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command sets the measurement units for the connected probe. Select VOLT for a voltage probe and select AMPere for a current probe. Measurement results, channel sensitivity, and trigger level will reflect the measurement units you select.

  • Page 304: Channel:Vernier

    :CHANnel<n> Commands :CHANnel<n>:VERNier (see page 1368) Command Syntax :CHANnel<n>:VERNier <vernier value> <vernier value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :CHANnel<n>:VERNier command specifies whether the channel's vernier (fine vertical adjustment) setting is ON (1) or OFF (0).
  • Page 305 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 11 :COUNter Commands These commands control the counter feature. See "Introduction to :COUNter Commands" on page 306. Table 86 :COUNter Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :COUNter:CURRent? <value> ::= current counter value page 307) (see...
  • Page 306 :COUNter Commands Table 86 :COUNter Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :COUNter:TOTalize:GAT :COUNter:TOTalize:GAT <source> ::= CHANnel<n> E:SOURce <source> E:SOURce? (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 315) page 315) (see in NR1 format :COUNter:TOTalize:SLO :COUNter:TOTalize:SLO <slope>...

  • Page 307: Counter:current

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:CURRent (see page 1368) Query Syntax :COUNter:CURRent? The :COUNter:CURRent? query returns the current counter value. Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= current counter value in NR3 format See Also • ":COUNter:ENABle" on page 308 • ":COUNter:MODE" on page 309 •...

  • Page 308: Counter:enable

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:ENABle (see page 1368) Command Syntax :COUNter:ENABle {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :COUNter:ENABle command enables or disables the counter feature. Query Syntax :COUNter:ENABle? The :COUNter:ENABle? query returns whether the counter is enabled or disabled. Return Format <off_on><NL>...

  • Page 309: Counter:mode

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:MODE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :COUNter:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {FREQuency | PERiod | TOTalize} The :COUNter:MODE command sets the counter mode: • FREQuency — the cycles per second (Hz) of the signal. • PERiod — the time periods of the signal's cycles. •...

  • Page 310: Counter:ndigits

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:NDIGits (see page 1368) Command Syntax :COUNter:NDIGits <value> <value> ::= 3 to 8 in NR1 format The :COUNter:NDIGits command sets the number of digits of resolution used for the frequency or period counter. Higher resolutions require longer gate times, which cause the measurement times to be longer as well.

  • Page 311: Counter:source

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :COUNter:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | TQEVent} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :COUNter:SOURce command selects the waveform source that the counter measures. You can select one of the analog input channels or the trigger qualified event signal.

  • Page 312: Counter:totalize:clear

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar (see page 1368) Command Syntax :COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar The :COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar command zeros the edge event counter. See Also • ":COUNter:CURRent" on page 307 • ":COUNter:ENABle" on page 308 • ":COUNter:MODE" on page 309 • ":COUNter:NDIGits" on page 310 • ":COUNter:SOURce"...

  • Page 313: Counter:totalize:gate:enable

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:ENABle (see page 1368) Command Syntax :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:ENABle {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:ENABle command enables or disables totalizer gating. When totalizer gating is enabled, the totalizer only counts edges when a second gating signal polarity is true. The second gating signal can be one of the remaining analog channel inputs.

  • Page 314: Counter:totalize:gate:polarity

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:POLarity (see page 1368) Command Syntax :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:POLarity <polarity> <polarity> ::= {{NEGative | FALLing} | {POSitive | RISing}} The :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:POLarity command specifies the gating signal condition under which totalizer edges are counted. The gating signal is specified with the :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce command.

  • Page 315: Counter:totalize:gate:source

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce command selects the analog channel that has the totalizer gating signal. Query Syntax :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce? The :COUNter:TOTalize:GATE:SOURce? query returns the current totalizer gating signal source.

  • Page 316: Counter:totalize:slope

    :COUNter Commands :COUNter:TOTalize:SLOPe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :COUNter:TOTalize:SLOPe <slope> <slope> ::= {{NEGative | FALLing} | {POSitive | RISing}} The :COUNter:TOTalize:SLOPe command specifies whether positive or negative edges are counted. Query Syntax :COUNter:TOTalize:SLOPe? The :COUNter:TOTalize:SLOPe? query returns the currently set slope specification. Return Format <slope><NL>...
  • Page 317 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 12 :DEMO Commands You can output demonstration signals on the oscilloscope's Demo 1 (Probe Comp) terminal. See "Introduction to :DEMO Commands" on page 317. Table 87 :DEMO Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DEMO:FUNCtion :DEMO:FUNCtion? (see <signal>...

  • Page 318: Demo:function

    :DEMO Commands :DEMO:FUNCtion (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DEMO:FUNCtion <signal> <signal> ::= {SINusoid | NOISy | RINGing | SINGle | CLK | GLITch | BURSt | RUNT | TRANsition | RFBurst | LFSine | FMBurst | NFC | CXPI | ARINc | MANChester | MIL | NMONotonic | HARMonics | COUPling | KEYSight} The :DEMO:FUNCtion command selects the type of demo signal: Demo Signal...
  • Page 319 :DEMO Commands Demo Signal Demo 1 Terminal Function MANChester Manchester/NRZ @ 125 kbps, ~2.5 Vpp, 1.25 V offset, a 125 kb/s 10-bit PSI5-like signal MIL-STD-1553 RT to RT transfer, received ~1.3 Vpp, transmitted ~4.8 Vpp, 0 V offset NMONotonic Digital pulse train with infrequent non-monotonic rising edges @ ~ 2.85 Vpp, 1.42 V offset HARMonics 1 kHz sine wave @ ~3.5 Vpp, 0.0 V offset, with a ~2 kHz sine wave coupled in...

  • Page 320: Demo:output

    :DEMO Commands :DEMO:OUTPut (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DEMO:OUTPut <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF} The :DEMO:OUTPut command specifies whether the demo signal output is ON (1) or OFF (0). Query Syntax :DEMO:OUTPut? The :DEMO:OUTPut? query returns the current state of the demo signal output setting.
  • Page 321 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 13 :DISPlay Commands Control how waveforms, graticule, and text are displayed and written on the screen. See "Introduction to :DISPlay Commands" on page 323. Table 88 :DISPlay Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:ANNotation<n :DISPlay:ANNotation<n {0 | 1}...
  • Page 322 :DISPlay Commands Table 88 :DISPlay Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :DISPlay:DATA? <format> ::= {BMP | BMP8bit | [<format>][,][<palett PNG} page 331) e>] (see <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} <display data> ::= data in IEEE 488.2 # format :DISPlay:GRATicule:AL :DISPlay:GRATicule:AL <setting>...
  • Page 323 :DISPlay Commands Introduction to The DISPlay subsystem is used to control the display storage and retrieval of :DISPlay waveform data, labels, and text. This subsystem allows the following actions: Commands • Clear the waveform area on the display. • Turn vectors on or off. •...

  • Page 324: Display:annotation

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> <setting> <setting> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n> command turns the annotation on and off. When on, the annotation appears in the upper left corner of the oscilloscope's display.

  • Page 325: Display:annotation:Background

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACKground (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACKground <mode> <mode> ::= {OPAQue | INVerted} <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:BACKground command specifies the background of the annotation: • OPAQue — the annotation has a solid background. •...

  • Page 326: Display:annotation:Color

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor <color> <color> ::= {CH1 | CH2 | CH3 | CH4 | DIG | MATH | REF | MARKer | WHITe | RED} <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:COLor command specifies the annotation color.

  • Page 327: Display:annotation:Text

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT <string> <string> ::= quoted ASCII string (up to 254 characters) <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:TEXT command specifies the annotation string. The annotation string can contain as many characters as will fit in the Edit Annotation box on the oscilloscope's screen, up to 254 characters.

  • Page 328: Display:annotation:X1Position

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position <value> <value> ::= an integer from 0 to (800 - width of annotation) in NR1 form <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:X1Position command sets the annotation's horizontal X1 position.

  • Page 329: Display:annotation:Y1Position

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position <value> <value> ::= an integer from 0 to (480 - height of annotation) in NR1 for mat. <n> ::= an integer from 1 to 10 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:ANNotation<n>:Y1Position command sets the annotation's vertical Y1 position.

  • Page 330: Display:clear

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:CLEar (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:CLEar The :DISPlay:CLEar command clears the display and resets all associated measurements. If the oscilloscope is stopped, all currently displayed data is erased. If the oscilloscope is running, all of the data for active channels and functions is erased;...

  • Page 331: Display:data

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:DATA (see page 1368) Query Syntax :DISPlay:DATA? [<format>][,<palette>] <format> ::= {BMP | BMP8bit | PNG} <palette> ::= COLor The :DISPlay:DATA? query reads screen image data. You can choose 24-bit BMP, 8-bit BMP8bit, or 24-bit PNG formats in color. If no format or palette option is specified, the screen image is returned in whatever image format is selected by the front panel's Main Menu >...

  • Page 332: Display:graticule:alabels

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:GRATicule:ALABels (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:GRATicule:ALABels {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :DISPlay:GRATicule:ALABels command turns graticule (grid) axis labels on or off. Query Syntax :DISPlay:GRATicule:ALABels? The :DISPlay:GRATicule:ALABels? query returns the graticule (grid) axis labels setting Return Format <setting><NL>...

  • Page 333: Display:graticule:intensity

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:GRATicule:INTensity (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:GRATicule:INTensity <value> <value> ::= an integer from 0 to 100 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:GRATicule:INTensity command sets the graticule (grid) intensity. Query Syntax :DISPlay:GRATicule:INTensity? The :DISPlay:GRATicule:INTensity? query returns the graticule (grid) intensity setting.

  • Page 334: Display:graticule:type

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:GRATicule:TYPE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:GRATicule:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {FULL | MVOLt | IRE} The :DISPlay:GRATicule:TYPE command sets the graticule (grid) type. When the TV trigger type is selected (see ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 1076), and the vertical scaling of at least one displayed channel is 140 mV/div, the :DISPlay:GRATicule:TYPE command lets you select from these grid types: •...

  • Page 335: Display:intensity:waveform

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform <value> <value> ::= an integer from 0 to 100 in NR1 format. The :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform command sets the waveform intensity. This is the same as adjusting the front panel [Intensity] knob. Query Syntax :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform? The :DISPlay:INTensity:WAVeform? query returns the waveform intensity setting.

  • Page 336: Display:label

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:LABel (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:LABel <value> <value> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :DISPlay:LABel command turns the analog channel labels on and off. Query Syntax :DISPlay:LABel? The :DISPlay:LABel? query returns the display mode of the analog channel labels. Return Format <value><NL>...

  • Page 337: Display:lablist

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:LABList (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:LABList <binary block data> <binary block> ::= an ordered list of up to 75 labels, a maximum of 32 characters each, separated by newline characters. The :DISPlay:LABList command adds labels to the label list. Labels are added in alphabetical order.

  • Page 338: Display:menu

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:MENU (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:MENU <menu> <menu> ::= {MASK | MEASure | SEGMented | LISTer | POWer | OFF} The :DISPlay:MENU command changes the front panel softkey menu or turns it off. When off, channel setup information is displayed instead. Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 339: Display:message:clear

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:MESSage:CLEar (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:MESSage:CLEar The :DISPlay:MESSage:CLEar command removes all user messages that are currently on screen. See Also • ":SYSTem:DSP" on page 1026 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 340: Display:persistence

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:PERSistence (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:PERSistence <value> <value> ::= {MINimum | INFinite | <time> | ADAPtive} <time> ::= seconds in in NR3 format from 100E-3 to 60E0 The :DISPlay:PERSistence command specifies the persistence setting: • MINimum — indicates zero persistence. •...

  • Page 341: Display:sidebar

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:SIDebar (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:SIDebar <sidebar> <sidebar> ::= {SUMMary | CURSors | MEASurements | DVM | NAVigate | CONTrols | EVENts | COUNter} The :DISPlay:SIDebar command specifies the sidebar dialog to display on the screen. Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 342: Display:vectors

    :DISPlay Commands :DISPlay:VECTors (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DISPlay:VECTors <vectors> <vectors> ::= {1 | ON} Vector display is always ON in the M9241/42/43A PXIe oscilloscopes. When vectors are turned on, the oscilloscope displays lines connecting sampled data points. Query Syntax :DISPlay:VECTors? The :DISPlay:VECTors? query returns the vectors setting.
  • Page 343 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 14 :DVM Commands These commands control the digital voltmeter (DVM) feature. Table 89 :DVM Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :DVM:ARANge {{0 | :DVM:ARANge? (see {0 | 1} page 344) OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 344)

  • Page 344: Dvm:arange

    :DVM Commands :DVM:ARANge (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DVM:ARANge <setting> <setting> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} If the selected digital voltmeter (DVM) source channel is not used in oscilloscope triggering, the :DVM:ARANge command turns the digital voltmeter's Auto Range capability on or off.

  • Page 345: Dvm:current

    :DVM Commands :DVM:CURRent (see page 1368) Query Syntax :DVM:CURRent? The :DVM:CURRent? query returns the displayed 3-digit DVM value based on the current mode. It can take up to a few seconds after DVM analysis is enabled before this query starts to N OTE produce good results, that is, results other than +9.9E+37.

  • Page 346: Dvm:enable

    :DVM Commands :DVM:ENABle (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DVM:ENABle <setting> <setting> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :DVM:ENABle command turns the digital voltmeter (DVM) analysis feature on or off. Query Syntax :DVM:ENABle? The :DVM:ENABle? query returns a flag indicating whether the digital voltmeter (DVM) analysis feature is on or off.

  • Page 347: Dvm:mode

    :DVM Commands :DVM:MODE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DVM:MODE <dvm_mode> <dvm_mode> ::= {ACRMs | DC | DCRMs} The :DVM:MODE command sets the digital voltmeter (DVM) mode: • ACRMs — displays the root-mean-square value of the acquired data, with the DC component removed. •...

  • Page 348: Dvm:source

    :DVM Commands :DVM:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :DVM:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 in NR1 format The :DVM:SOURce command sets the select the analog channel on which digital voltmeter (DVM) measurements are made. The selected channel does not have to be on (displaying a waveform) in order for DVM measurements to be made.
  • Page 349 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 15 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Control the input characteristics of the external trigger input. See "Introduction to :EXTernal Trigger Commands" on page 349. Table 90 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :EXTernal:BWLimit :EXTernal:BWLimit? <bwlimit>...

  • Page 350: External:bwlimit

    :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:BWLimit (see page 1368) Command Syntax :EXTernal:BWLimit <bwlimit> <bwlimit> ::= {0 | OFF} The :EXTernal:BWLimit command is provided for product compatibility. The only legal value is 0 or OFF. Use the :TRIGger:HFReject command to limit bandwidth on the external trigger input. Query Syntax :EXTernal:BWLimit? The :EXTernal:BWLimit? query returns the current setting of the low-pass filter...

  • Page 351: External:probe

    :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:PROBe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :EXTernal:PROBe <attenuation> <attenuation> ::= probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format The :EXTernal:PROBe command specifies the probe attenuation factor for the external trigger. The probe attenuation factor may be 0.1 to 1000. This command does not change the actual input sensitivity of the oscilloscope.

  • Page 352: External:range

    :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:RANGe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :EXTernal:RANGe <range>[<suffix>] <range> ::= vertical full-scale range value in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | mV} The :EXTernal:RANGe command is provided for product compatibility. When using 1:1 probe attenuation, the range can only be set to 8.0 V. If the probe attenuation is changed, the range value is multiplied by the probe attenuation factor.

  • Page 353: External:units

    :EXTernal Trigger Commands :EXTernal:UNITs (see page 1368) Command Syntax :EXTernal:UNITs <units> <units> ::= {VOLT | AMPere} The :EXTernal:UNITs command sets the measurement units for the probe connected to the external trigger input. Select VOLT for a voltage probe and select AMPere for a current probe.
  • Page 354 :EXTernal Trigger Commands Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 355 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 16 :FRANalysis Commands Control oscilloscope functions associated with the Frequency Response Analysis (FRA) feature, which is available in oscilloscope models that have a license-enabled built-in waveform generator. See "Introduction to :FRANalysis Commands" on page 356.
  • Page 356 :FRANalysis Commands Table 91 :FRANalysis Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FRANalysis:SOURce:IN :FRANalysis:SOURce:IN <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 365) Put <source> (see Put? (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 365) in NR1 format :FRANalysis:SOURce:OU :FRANalysis:SOURce:OU <source>...

  • Page 357: Franalysis:data

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:DATA (see page 1368) Query Syntax :FRANalysis:DATA? [SWEep | SINGle] The :FRANalysis:DATA? query returns the frequency response analysis data. The data is returned in four comma-separated columns of data for each step in the sweep: Frequency (Hz), Amplitude (Vpp), Gain (dB), and Phase (°). You can use the :FRANalysis:TRACe command to specify whether to include gain, phase, both gain and phase, or neither in the frequency response analysis results.

  • Page 358: Franalysis:enable

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:ENABle (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:ENABle <setting> <setting> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :FRANalysis:ENABle command turns the Frequency Response Analysis (FRA) feature on or off. Query Syntax :FRANalysis:ENABle? The :FRANalysis:ENABle? query returns a flag indicating whether the Frequency Response Analysis (FRA) feature is on or off.

  • Page 359: Franalysis:frequency:mode

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:FREQuency:MODE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:FREQuency:MODE <setting> <setting> ::= {SWEep | SINGle} The :FRANalysis:FREQuency:MODE command lets you select between the normal swept frequency response analysis or analysis at a single frequency, which can be useful when debugging. Query Syntax :FRANalysis:FREQuency:MODE? The :FRANalysis:FREQuency:MODE? query returns the frequency mode setting.

  • Page 360: Franalysis:frequency:single

    :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:FREQuency:SINGle (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:FREQuency:SINGle <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {20 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 2000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :FRANalysis:FREQuency:SINGle command command sets the single frequency value.
  • Page 361 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STARt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STARt <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {20 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STARt command command sets the frequency sweep start value. The frequency response analysis is displayed on a log scale Bode plot, so you can select from decade values in addition to the minimum frequency of 20 Hz.
  • Page 362 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STOP (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STOP <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 20000000 [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :FRANalysis:FREQuency:STOP command sets the frequency sweep stop value. The frequency response analysis is displayed on a log scale Bode plot, so you can select from decade values in addition to the maximum frequency of 20 MHz.
  • Page 363 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:PPDecade (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:PPDecade <value> <value> ::= {10 | 20 | 30 | 40 | 50 | 60 | 70 | 80 | 90 | 100} The :FRANalysis:PPDecade command specifies the number of points per decade in the frequency response analysis.
  • Page 364 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:RUN (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:RUN The :FRANalysis:RUN command performs the Frequency Response Analysis. This analysis controls the built-in waveform generator to sweep a sine wave across a range of frequencies while measuring the input to and output from a device under test (DUT).
  • Page 365 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:SOURce:INPut (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:SOURce:INPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :FRANalysis:SOURce:INPut command specifies the analog input channel that is probing the input voltage to the device under test (DUT) in the frequency response analysis.
  • Page 366 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:SOURce:OUTPut (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:SOURce:OUTPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :FRANalysis:SOURce:OUTPut command specifies the analog input channel that is probing the output voltage from the device under test (DUT) in the frequency response analysis.
  • Page 367 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:TRACe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:TRACe <selection> <selection> ::= {NONE | ALL | GAIN | PHASe}[,{GAIN | PHASe}] The :FRANalysis:TRACe command specifies whether to include gain, phase, both gain and phase, or neither in the frequency response analysis results. This command affects the oscilloscope's front panel graphical user interface (plot and table) N OTE as well as when saving analysis data.
  • Page 368 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:WGEN:LOAD (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:WGEN:LOAD <impedance> <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} The :FRANalysis:WGEN:LOAD command selects the expected output load impedance. The output impedance of the Gen Out BNC is fixed at 50 ohms. However, the output load selection lets the waveform generator display the correct amplitude and offset levels for the expected output load.
  • Page 369 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage <amplitude>,[<range>] <amplitude> ::= amplitude in volts in NR3 format <range> ::= {F20HZ | F100HZ | F1KHZ | F10KHZ | F100KHZ | F1MHZ | F10MHZ | F20MHZ} The :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage command specifies the waveform generator's output sine wave amplitude.
  • Page 370 :FRANalysis Commands :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile command enables or disables the ability to specify amplitude ramping within different decades. Query Syntax :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile? The :FRANalysis:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile? query returns the voltage profile setting.
  • Page 371 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 17 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Control math functions in the oscilloscope. See "Introduction to :FUNCtion<m> Commands" on page 375. Table 92 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage: :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage: <count> ::= an integer from 2 to page 377) COUNt <count>...
  • Page 372 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 92 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FR :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FR <frequency> ::= the start EQuency:STARt EQuency:STARt? (see frequency in NR3 format. page 384) <frequency> (see <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) page 384) in NR1 format :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FR :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FR...
  • Page 373 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 92 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VT :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VT <units> ::= {DECibel | VRMS} for page 392) YPe <units> (see YPe? (see the FFT (magnitude) operation page 392) <units> ::= {DEGRees | RADians} for the FFTPhase operation <m>...
  • Page 374 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 92 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:OPERatio :FUNCtion<m>:OPERatio <operation> ::= {ADD | SUBTract | page 402) n <operation> (see n? (see MULTiply | DIVide | INTegrate | page 400) DIFF | FFT | FFTPhase | SQRT | MAGNify | ABSolute | SQUare | LN | LOG | EXP | TEN | LOWPass | HIGHpass | AVERage | LINear |...
  • Page 375 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Table 92 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 408) <source> (see (see FUNCtion<c> | MATH<c> | page 408) WMEMory<r> | BUS<b>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <c>...
  • Page 376 :FUNCtion<m> Commands The following is a sample response from the :FUNCtion1? query. In this case, the query was issued following a *RST command. :FUNC1:OPER ADD;DISP 0;SOUR1 CHAN1;SOUR2 CHAN2;RANG +8.00E+00;OFFS +0.0E+00 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 377 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt <count> <count> ::= an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt command sets the number of waveforms to be averaged together.
  • Page 378 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar When the :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation is AVERage, MAXHold, or MINHold, the :FUNCtion<m>:CLEar command clears the number of evaluated waveforms. See Also • ":FUNCtion<m>:AVERage:COUNt" on page 377 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 379 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay <display> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay command turns the display of the function on or off. When ON is selected, the function operates as specified by the other :FUNCtion<m>...
  • Page 380 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:BSIZe (see page 1368) Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:BSIZe? <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:BSIZe? query returns the Bin Size setting for the FFT. Return Format <bin_size><NL> <bin_size> ::= Hz in NR3 format See Also • ":FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:READout<n>" on page 389 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 381 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer <frequency> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <frequency> ::= the current center frequency in NR3 format. The range of legal values is from -25 GHz to 25 GHz. The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer command sets the center frequency when FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) is selected.
  • Page 382 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:DETection:POINts (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:DETection:POINts <number_of_buckets> <number_of_buckets> ::= an integer in NR1 format <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:DETection:POINts command specifies the maximum number of points that the FFT detector should decimate to. This is also the number of buckets that sampled FFT points are grouped into before the selected detection type reduction (decimation) is applied.
  • Page 383 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:DETection:TYPE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:DETection:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {OFF | SAMPle | PPOSitive | PNEGative | NORMal | AVERage} <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:DETection:TYPE command sets the FFT detector decimation type. Detectors give you a way of manipulating the acquired data to emphasize different features of the data.
  • Page 384 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STARt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STARt <frequency> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <frequency> ::= the start frequency in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STARt command sets the start frequency in the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range. The FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range can also be set with the :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer and :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN commands.
  • Page 385 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STOP (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STOP <frequency> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <frequency> ::= the stop frequency in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:FREQuency:STOP command sets the stop frequency in the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range. The FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) math function's displayed range can also be set with the :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:CENTer and :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN commands.
  • Page 386 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:GATE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:GATE <gating> <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format <gating> ::= {NONE | ZOOM} The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:GATE command specifies whether the FFT is performed on the Main time base window (NONE) or the ZOOM window when the zoomed time base is displayed.
  • Page 387 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:PHASe:REFerence (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:PHASe:REFerence <ref_point> <ref_point> ::= {TRIGger | DISPlay} <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:PHASe:REFerence command sets the reference point for calculating the FFT Phase function to either the trigger point or beginning of the displayed waveform.
  • Page 388 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:RBWidth (see page 1368) Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:RBWidth? <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:RBWidth? query returns the Resolution Bandwidth setting for the FFT. Return Format <resolution_bw><NL> <resolution_bw> ::= Hz in NR3 format See Also • ":FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:READout<n>" on page 389 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 389 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:READout<n> (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:READout<n> <readout_type> <readout_type> ::= {SRATe | BSIZe | RBWidth} <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format <n> ::= 1-2 in NR1 format, 2 is valid only on oscilloscopes that have the dedicated FFT function The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:READout<n>...
  • Page 390 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN <span> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <span> ::= the current frequency span in NR3 format. Legal values are 1 Hz to 100 GHz. If you set the frequency span to a value outside of the legal range, the step size is automatically set to the nearest legal value.
  • Page 391 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SRATe (see page 1368) Query Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SRATe? <m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SRATe? query returns the Sample Rate setting for the FFT. Return Format <sample_rate><NL> <sample_rate> ::= Hz in NR3 format See Also • ":FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:READout<n>" on page 389 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 392 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe <units> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <units> ::= {DECibel | VRMS} for the FFT (magnitude) operation <units> ::= {DEGRees | RADians} for the FFTPhase operation The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe command specifies FFT vertical units. For the FFT (Magnitude) operation units, DECibel equates to the user interface's Logarithmic selection, and VRMS equates to the user interface's Linear selection.
  • Page 393 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WINDow (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WINDow <window> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <window> ::= {RECTangular | HANNing | FLATtop | BHARris | BARTlett} The :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:WINDow command allows the selection of different windowing transforms or operations for the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) function. The FFT operation assumes that the time record repeats.
  • Page 394 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:HIGHpass (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:HIGHpass <3dB_freq> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <3dB_freq> ::= -3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:HIGHpass command sets the high-pass filter's -3 dB cutoff frequency. The high-pass filter is a single-pole high pass filter.
  • Page 395 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:LOWPass (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:LOWPass <3dB_freq> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <3dB_freq> ::= -3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:FREQuency:LOWPass command sets the low-pass filter's -3 dB cutoff frequency. The low-pass filter is a 4th order Bessel-Thompson filter.
  • Page 396 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrate:IOFFset (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrate:IOFFset <input_offset> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <input_offset> ::= DC offset correction in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:INTegrate:IOFFset command lets you enter a DC offset correction factor for the integrate math waveform input signal. This DC offset correction lets you level a "ramp"ed waveform.
  • Page 397 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:GAIN (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:GAIN <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= 'A' in Ax + B, value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:GAIN command specifies the 'A' value in the Ax + B operation.
  • Page 398 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:OFFSet (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:OFFSet <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= 'B' in Ax + B, value in NR3 format The :FUNCtion<m>:LINear:OFFSet command specifies the 'B' value in the Ax + B operation.
  • Page 399 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:OFFSet (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:OFFSet <offset> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <offset> ::= the value at center screen in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:OFFSet command sets the voltage or vertical value represented at center screen for the selected function. The range of legal values is generally +/-10 times the current scale of the selected function, but will vary by function.
  • Page 400 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation <operation> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <operation> ::= {ADD | SUBTract | MULTiply | DIVide | DIFF | INTegrate | FFT | FFTPhase | SQRT | MAGNify | ABSolute | SQUare | LN | LOG | EXP | TEN | LOWPass | HIGHpass | AVERage | SMOoth | ENVelope | LINear | MAXimum | MINimum | PEAK | MAXHold | MINHold | TRENd} The :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation command sets the desired waveform math...
  • Page 401 :FUNCtion<m> Commands • SQUare • SQRT — Square root • ABSolute — Absolute Value • LOG — Common Logarithm • LN — Natural Logarithm • EXP — Exponential (e • TEN — Base 10 exponential (10 Transforms operate on a single analog channel source or on lower math functions.
  • Page 402 :FUNCtion<m> Commands This function uses a Hilbert transform to get the real (in-phase, I) and imaginary (quadrature, Q) parts of the input signal and then performs a square root of the sum of the real and imaginary parts to get the demodulated amplitude envelope waveform.
  • Page 403 :FUNCtion<m> Commands See Also • "Introduction to :FUNCtion<m> Commands" on page 375 • ":FUNCtion<m>:DISPlay" on page 379 • "*OPC (Operation Complete)" on page 192 • ":FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1" on page 408 • ":FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2" on page 410 • ":FUNCtion<m>:INTegrate:IOFFset" on page 396 • ":FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:SPAN"...
  • Page 404 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe <range> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <range> ::= the full-scale vertical axis value in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:RANGe command defines the full-scale vertical axis for the selected function.
  • Page 405 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:REFerence (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:REFerence <level> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <level> ::= the current reference level in NR3 format. The :FUNCtion<m>:REFerence command sets the voltage or vertical value represented at center screen for the selected function. The range of legal values is generally +/-10 times the current scale of the selected function, but will vary by function.
  • Page 406 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SCALe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SCALe <scale value>[<suffix>] <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <scale value> ::= vertical units/div value in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {V | dB} The :FUNCtion<m>:SCALe command sets the vertical scale, or units per division, of the selected function.
  • Page 407 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts <points> <points> ::= odd integer in NR1 format When the :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation is SMOoth, the :FUNCtion<m>:SMOoth:POINts command sets the number of smoothing points to use. You can choose an odd number of points, from 3 up to half of the measurement record or precision analysis record.
  • Page 408 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1 <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<c> | MATH<c> | WMEMory<r> | BUS<b>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <c>...
  • Page 409 :FUNCtion<m> Commands The :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1? query returns the current source1 for function operations. When :FUNCtion<m>:OPERation is TRENd, the :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce1? query returns the source of the measurement. Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= {CHAN<n> | FUNC<c> | WMEM<r> | BUS<b>} See Also • "Introduction to :FUNCtion<m>...
  • Page 410 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 <value> <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <value> ::= {CHANnel<n> | WMEMory<r> | NONE} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>:SOURce2 command specifies the second source for math operator functions that have two sources.
  • Page 411 :FUNCtion<m> Commands :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:NMEasurement (see page 1368) Command Syntax :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:NMEasurement MEAS<n> <n> ::= # of installed measurement, from 1 to 8 <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :FUNCtion<m>:TRENd:NMEasurement command selects the measurement whose trend is shown in the math waveform. There are 8 locations (or slots) that installed measurements can occupy.
  • Page 412 :FUNCtion<m> Commands Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 413 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 18 :HCOPY Commands Set and query the selection of hardcopy device and formatting options. Table 93 :HCOPY Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :HCOPY:SDUMp:DATA? <display_data> ::= binary block page 414) (see data in IEEE-488.2 # format.
  • Page 414 :HCOPY Commands :HCOPY:SDUMp:DATA (see page 1368) Query Syntax :HCOPY:SDUMp:DATA? [<format>] <format> ::= {PNG | BMP | BMP8bit} The :HCOPY:SDUMp:DATA? query reads and returns screen image data. You can choose 24-bit BMP, 8-bit BMP8bit, or 24-bit PNG formats. In addition to the <format> option of this query, the screen image data format can also be set by the :HCOPY:SDUMp:FORMat command or the front panel's Main Menu >...
  • Page 415 :HCOPY Commands :HCOPY:SDUMp:FORMat (see page 1368) Command Syntax :HCOPY:SDUMp:FORMat <format> <format> ::= {PNG | BMP | BMP8bit} The :HCOPY:SDUMp:FORMat command specifies the format for screen image data: 24-bit PNG, 24-bit BMP, or 8-bit BMP8bit. The :HCOPY:SDUMp:FORMat setting will persist when cycling power but will be reset to PNG after a *RST (factory default) command.
  • Page 416 :HCOPY Commands Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 417 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 19 :LISTer Commands Table 94 :LISTer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :LISTer:DATA? (see <binary_block> ::= page 418) comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each row :LISTer:DISPlay {{OFF :LISTer:DISPlay? (see {OFF | SBUS1 | SBUS2 | ALL} page...
  • Page 418 :LISTer Commands :LISTer:DATA (see page 1368) Query Syntax :LISTer:DATA? The :LISTer:DATA? query returns the lister data. Return Format <binary block><NL> <binary_block> ::= comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each row See Also • "Introduction to :LISTer Commands" on page 417 •...
  • Page 419 :LISTer Commands :LISTer:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :LISTer:DISPlay <value> <value> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {SBUS1 | ON | 1} | {SBUS2 | 2} | ALL} The :LISTer:DISPlay command configures which of the serial buses to display in the Lister, or whether the Lister is off. "ON" or "1" is the same as "SBUS1". When set to "ALL", the decode information for different buses is interleaved in time.
  • Page 420 :LISTer Commands :LISTer:REFerence (see page 1368) Command Syntax :LISTer:REFerence <time_ref> <time_ref> ::= {TRIGger | PREVious} The :LISTer:REFerence command selects whether the time value for a Lister row is relative to the trigger or the previous Lister row. Query Syntax :LISTer:REFerence? The :LISTer:REFerence? query returns the Lister time reference setting.

  • Page 421: Function | Math | Wmemory

    Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 20 :MARKer Commands Set and query the settings of X-axis markers (X1 and X2 cursors) and the Y-axis markers (Y1 and Y2 cursors). See "Introduction to :MARKer Commands" page 423. Table 95 :MARKer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns...

  • Page 422: N> ::= 1 To (# Analog Channels) In Nr1 Format

    :MARKer Commands Table 95 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:X2Position :MARKer:X2Position? <position> ::= X2 cursor position page 430) <position>[suffix] (see value in NR3 format page 430) (see [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz} <return_value>...
  • Page 423 :MARKer Commands Table 95 :MARKer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MARKer:YDELta? (see <return_value> ::= Y cursors page 439) delta value in NR3 format :MARKer:YUNits <mode> :MARKer:YUNits? (see <units> ::= {BASE | PERCent} page 440) page 440) (see :MARKer:YUNits:USE page...
  • Page 424 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:DYDX (see page 1368) Query Syntax :MARKer:DYDX? The MARKer:DYDX? query returns the cursor ∆Y/∆X value. X cursor units are set by the :MARKer:XUNits command. If the front-panel cursors are off, the marker position values are not defined. Make sure to set N OTE :MARKer:MODE to MANual or WAVeform to put the cursors in the front-panel Normal mode.
  • Page 425 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:MODE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MARKer:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {OFF | MEASurement | MANual | WAVeform | BINary | HEX} The :MARKer:MODE command sets the cursors mode: • OFF — removes the cursor information from the display. •...
  • Page 426 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X1:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MARKer:X1:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MARKer:X1:DISPlay command specifies whether the X1 cursor is displayed. Query Syntax :MARKer:X1:DISPlay? The :MARKer:X1:DISPlay? query returns the X1 cursor display setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...
  • Page 427 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X1Position (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MARKer:X1Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= X1 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz} The :MARKer:X1Position command: • Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual if it is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE"...
  • Page 428 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X1Y1source (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MARKer:X1Y1source <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 429 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X2:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MARKer:X2:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MARKer:X2:DISPlay command specifies whether the X2 cursor is displayed. Query Syntax :MARKer:X2:DISPlay? The :MARKer:X2:DISPlay? query returns the X2 cursor display setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...
  • Page 430 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X2Position (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MARKer:X2Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= X2 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps | Hz | kHz | MHz} The :MARKer:X2Position command: • Sets :MARKer:MODE to MANual if it is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE"...
  • Page 431 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:X2Y2source (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MARKer:X2Y2source <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 432 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:XDELta (see page 1368) Query Syntax :MARKer:XDELta? The MARKer:XDELta? query returns the value difference between the current X1 and X2 cursor positions. Xdelta = (Value at X2 cursor) - (Value at X1 cursor) X cursor units are set by the :MARKer:XUNits command. If the front-panel cursors are off, the marker position values are not defined.
  • Page 433 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:XUNits (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MARKer:XUNits <units> <units> ::= {SEConds | HERTz | DEGRees | PERCent} The :MARKer:XUNits command sets the X cursors units: • SEConds — for making time measurements. • HERTz — for making frequency measurements. •...
  • Page 434 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:XUNits:USE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MARKer:XUNits:USE When DEGRees is selected for :MARKer:XUNits, the :MARKer:XUNits:USE command sets the current X1 location as 0 degrees and the current X2 location as 360 degrees. When PERCent is selected for :MARKer:XUNits, the :MARKer:XUNits:USE command sets the current X1 location as 0 percent and the current X2 location as 100 percent.
  • Page 435 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay command specifies whether the Y1 cursor is displayed. Query Syntax :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay? The :MARKer:Y1:DISPlay? query returns the Y1 cursor display setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...
  • Page 436 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:Y1Position (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y1Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= Y1 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {mV | V | dB} If the :MARKer:MODE is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE" page 425), the :MARKer:Y1Position command: •...
  • Page 437 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay command specifies whether the Y2 cursor is displayed. Query Syntax :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay? The :MARKer:Y2:DISPlay? query returns the Y2 cursor display setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...
  • Page 438 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:Y2Position (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MARKer:Y2Position <position> [suffix] <position> ::= Y2 cursor position in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {mV | V | dB} If the :MARKer:MODE is not currently set to WAVeform (see ":MARKer:MODE" page 425), the :MARKer:Y1Position command: •...
  • Page 439 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:YDELta (see page 1368) Query Syntax :MARKer:YDELta? The :MARKer:YDELta? query returns the value difference between the current Y1 and Y2 cursor positions. Ydelta = (Value at Y2 cursor) - (Value at Y1 cursor) If the front-panel cursors are off or are set to Binary or Hex Mode, the marker position values N OTE are not defined.
  • Page 440 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:YUNits (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MARKer:YUNits <units> <units> ::= {BASE | PERCent} The :MARKer:YUNits command sets the Y cursors units: • BASE — for making measurements in the units associated with the cursors source. • PERCent — for making ratio measurements. Use the :MARKer:YUNits:USE command to set the current Y1 location as 0 percent and the current Y2 location as 100 percent.
  • Page 441 :MARKer Commands :MARKer:YUNits:USE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MARKer:YUNits:USE When PERCent is selected for :MARKer:YUNits, the :MARKer:YUNits:USE command sets the current Y1 location as 0 percent and the current Y2 location as 100 percent. Once the 0 and 100 percent locations are set, inputs to and outputs from the :MARKer:Y1Position, :MARKer:Y2Position, and :MARKer:YDELta commands/queries are relative to the set locations.
  • Page 442 :MARKer Commands Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 443 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 21 :MEASure Commands Select automatic measurements to be made and control time markers. See "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 459. Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ALL (see page 461)
  • Page 444 :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:BWIDth :MEASure:BWIDth? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 464) page 464) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 445 :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DELay :MEASure:DELay? <source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source1>] [<source1>] FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | [,<source2>] (see [,<source2>] (see WMEMory<r>} page 470) page 470) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 446 :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DUAL:VAVerag :MEASure:DUAL:VAVerag <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} e [<interval>] e? [<interval>] <source1>,<source2> ::= [,<source1>][,<source [,<source1>][,<source CHANnel<n> with N2820A probe page 475) page 475) 2>] (see 2>] (see connected <n>...

  • Page 447: Chan> ::= {Center | High | Low

    :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:DUTYcycle :MEASure:DUTYcycle? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 479) page 479) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 448 :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:FFT:CPOWer :MEASure:FFT:CPOWer? <source> ::= {FUNCtion<m> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see MATH<m> | FFT} (source must be an page 482) page 482) FFT waveform) <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <return_value>...
  • Page 449 :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:NDUTy :MEASure:NDUTy? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 486) page 486) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 450 :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:NWIDth :MEASure:NWIDth? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 489) page 489) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 451 :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PERiod :MEASure:PERiod? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 493) page 493) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 452 :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:PREShoot :MEASure:PREShoot? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 496) page 496) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 453 :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:SDEViation :MEASure:SDEViation? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 502) page 502) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 454 :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:STATistics:D :MEASure:STATistics:D {0 | 1} page 508) ISPlay {{0 | OFF} | ISPlay? (see {1 | ON}} (see page 508) :MEASure:STATistics:I NCRement (see page 509) :MEASure:STATistics:M :MEASure:STATistics:M <setting>...
  • Page 455 :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:TVALue? <value> ::= voltage level that <value>, the waveform must cross. [<slope>]<occurrence> <slope> ::= direction of the [,<source>] (see waveform when <value> is crossed. page 516) <occurrence>...
  • Page 456 :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VAVerage :MEASure:VAVerage? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>][,<source [<interval>][,<source <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | page 519) page 519) >] (see >] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | WMEMory<r>} <n>...
  • Page 457 :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VMIN :MEASure:VMIN? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | FFT | MATH<m> | page 522) page 522) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 458 :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:VRMS :MEASure:VRMS? <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} [<interval>] [<interval>] <type> ::= {AC | DC} [,<type>][,<source>] [,<type>][,<source>] page 525) page 525) <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | (see (see FUNCtion<m>...
  • Page 459 :MEASure Commands Table 96 :MEASure Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:XMIN :MEASure:XMIN? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | FFT | MATH<m> | page 529) page 529) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 460 :MEASure Commands Measurement Error If a measurement cannot be made (typically because the proper portion of the waveform is not displayed), the value +9.9E+37 is returned for that measurement. Making Measurements If more than one waveform, edge, or pulse is displayed, time measurements are made on the portion of the displayed waveform closest to the trigger reference (left, center, or right).
  • Page 461 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:ALL (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:ALL This command installs a Snapshot All measurement on the screen. See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 459 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 462 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:AREa (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:AREa [<interval>][,<source>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 463 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:BRATe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:BRATe [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 464 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:BWIDth (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:BWIDth [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:BWIDth command installs a burst width measurement on screen.
  • Page 465 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:CLEar (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:CLEar This command clears all selected measurements and markers from the screen. See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 459 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 466 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:COUNter (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:COUNter [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | EXTernal} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:COUNter command installs a screen measurement and starts a counter measurement. If the optional source parameter is specified, the current source is modified.
  • Page 467 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DEFine (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:DEFine <meas_spec>[,<source>] <meas_spec> ::= {DELay | THResholds}, for remaining syntax, see: ":MEASure:DEFine DELay Command Syntax" • on page 467 ":MEASure:DEFine THResholds Command Syntax" • on page 468 The :MEASure:DEFine command sets up the definition for measurements by specifying the delta time or threshold values.
  • Page 468 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DEFine DELay,<delay spec>[,<source>] <delay spec> ::= <edge_spec1>,<edge_spec2> <edge_spec1> ::= [<slope>]<occurrence> <edge_spec2> ::= [<slope>]<occurrence> <slope> ::= {+ | -} <occurrence> ::= integer <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 469 :MEASure Commands • Threshold mode ABSolute sets the measurement thresholds to absolute values. ABSolute thresholds are dependent on channel scaling (:CHANnel<n>:RANGe or :CHANnel<n>:SCALe), probe attenuation (:CHANnel<n>:PROBe), and probe units (:CHANnel<n>:UNITs). Always set these values first before setting ABSolute thresholds. Query Syntax :MEASure:DEFine? <meas_spec>[,<source>] <meas_spec>...
  • Page 470 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DELay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:DELay [<edge_select_mode>][,][<source1>][,<source2>] <edge_select_mode> ::= {MANual | AUTO} <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r >} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 471 :MEASure Commands 50%, and 10% values between Vbase and Vtop. If you want to move the delay measurement point nearer to Vtop or Vbase, you must change the threshold values with the :MEASure:DEFine THResholds command. Return Format <value><NL> <value> ::= floating-point number delay time in seconds in NR3 format See Also •...
  • Page 472 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DELay:DEFine (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:DELay:DEFine <source1_edge_slope>, <source1_edge_number>, <source1_edge_threshold>, <source2_edge_slope>, <source2_edge_number>, <source2_edge_threshold> <source1_edge_slope>, <source2_edge_slope> ::= {RISing | FALLing} <source1_edge_number>, <source2_edge_number> ::= 0 to 1000 in NR1 format <source1_edge_threshold>, <source2_edge_threshold> ::= MIDDle The :MEASure:DELay:DEFine command defines slope directions and edge numbers for the delay measurement started or returned by the :MEASure:DELay command.
  • Page 473 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:CHARge (see page 1368) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.
  • Page 474 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VAMPlitude (see page 1368) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.
  • Page 475 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VAVerage (see page 1368) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.
  • Page 476 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VBASe (see page 1368) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.
  • Page 477 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VPP (see page 1368) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.
  • Page 478 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUAL:VRMS (see page 1368) Overview This measurement is available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used. This measurement joins the Zoom In waveform data below the probe's clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe's clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made.
  • Page 479 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:DUTYcycle (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:DUTYcycle [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 480 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FALLtime (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:FALLtime [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:FALLtime command installs a screen measurement and starts a fall-time measurement.
  • Page 481 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FFT:ACPR (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:FFT:ACPR <chan_width>,<chan_spacing>,<chan>[,<source>] <chan_width> ::= of main range and sideband channels, Hz in NR3 format <chan_spacing> ::= spacing between main range and sideband channels, Hz in NR3 format <chan> ::= {CENTer | HIGH<sb> | LOW<sb>} <sb>...
  • Page 482 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FFT:CPOWer (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:FFT:CPOWer [<source>] <source> ::= {FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT} (must be an FFT waveform) <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :MEASure:FFT:CPOWer command installs an FFT analysis Channel Power measurement on screen.
  • Page 483 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FFT:OBW (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:FFT:OBW <percentage>[,<source>] <percentage> ::= percent of spectral power occupied bandwidth is measured for (in NR3 format) <source> ::= {FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT} (must be an FFT waveform) <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :MEASure:FFT:OBW command installs an FFT analysis Occupied Bandwidth measurement on screen.
  • Page 484 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FFT:THD (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:FFT:THD <tracking>[,<fundamental_freq>][,<source>] <tracking> ::= {AUTO | MANual} <fundamental_freq> ::= in NR3 format, required if <tracking> is MANual <source> ::= {FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT} (must be an FFT waveform) <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :MEASure:FFT:THD command installs an FFT analysis Total Harmonic Distortion measurement on screen.
  • Page 485 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:FREQuency (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:FREQuency [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 486 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NDUTy (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:NDUTy [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 487 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NEDGes (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:NEDGes [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:NEDGes command installs a falling edge count measurement on screen.
  • Page 488 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NPULses (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:NPULses [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:NPULses command installs a falling pulse count measurement on screen.
  • Page 489 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:NWIDth (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:NWIDth [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 490 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:OVERshoot (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:OVERshoot [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:OVERshoot command installs a screen measurement and starts an overshoot measurement.
  • Page 491 :MEASure Commands • ":MEASure:VMAX" on page 521 • ":MEASure:VTOP" on page 526 • ":MEASure:VBASe" on page 520 • ":MEASure:VMIN" on page 522 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 492 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PEDGes (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:PEDGes [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PEDGes command installs a rising edge count measurement on screen.
  • Page 493 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PERiod (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:PERiod [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 494 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PHASe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:PHASe [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r >} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 495 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PPULses (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:PPULses [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PPULses command installs a rising pulse count measurement on screen.
  • Page 496 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PREShoot (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:PREShoot [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PREShoot command installs a screen measurement and starts a preshoot measurement.
  • Page 497 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:PWIDth (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:PWIDth [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 498 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:RESults (see page 1368) Query Syntax :MEASure:RESults? The :MEASure:RESults? query returns the results of the continuously displayed measurements. The response to the MEASure:RESults? query is a list of comma-separated values. If more than one measurement is running continuously, the :MEASure:RESults return values are duplicated for each continuous measurement from the first to last (top to bottom) result displayed.
  • Page 499 :MEASure Commands Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib "kernel32" (ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long) Sub Main() On Error GoTo VisaComError ' Create the VISA COM I/O resource. Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = myMgr.Open("TCPIP0::10.112.94.136::hislip9-0.0::INSTR ") ' Initialize.
  • Page 500 :MEASure Commands ValueColumnArray(5) = "Std_Dev" ValueColumnArray(6) = "Count" Dim ValueColumn As Variant For Each ResultType In ResultsTypeArray myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:STATistics " + ResultType ' Get the statistics results. Dim intCounter As Integer intCounter = 0 myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:RESults?" ResultsList() = myScope.ReadList For Each Measurement In MeasurementArray If ResultType = "ON"...
  • Page 501 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:RISetime (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:RISetime [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:RISetime command installs a screen measurement and starts a rise-time measurement.
  • Page 502 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SDEViation (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:SDEViation [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 503 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SHOW (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:SHOW <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MEASure:SHOW command enables markers for tracking measurements on the display. Query Syntax :MEASure:SHOW? The :MEASure:SHOW? query returns the current state of the markers. This can return OFF when :MARKer:MODE selects a mode other than MEASurement.
  • Page 504 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SLEWrate (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:SLEWrate [<source>[,<slope>]] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 505 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:SOURce <source1>[,<source2>] <source1>,<source2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 506 :MEASure Commands • ":MEASure:PHASe" on page 494 Example Code ' MEASURE - The commands in the MEASure subsystem are used to make ' measurements on displayed waveforms. myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:SOURce CHANnel1" ' Source to measure. myScope.WriteString ":MEASure:FREQuency?" ' Query for frequency. varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber ' Read frequency.
  • Page 507 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics <type> <type> ::= {{ON | 1} | CURRent | MINimum | MAXimum | MEAN | STDDev | COUNt} The :MEASure:STATistics command determines the type of information returned by the :MEASure:RESults? query. ON means all the statistics are on. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics? The :MEASure:STATistics? query returns the current statistics mode.
  • Page 508 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay command disables or enables the display of the measurement statistics. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay? The :MEASure:STATistics:DISPlay? query returns the state of the measurement statistics display.
  • Page 509 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:INCRement (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:INCRement This command updates the statistics once (incrementing the count by one) using the current measurement values. It corresponds to the front panel Increment Statistics softkey in the Measurement Statistics Menu. This command lets you, for example, gather statistics over multiple pulses captured in a single acquisition.
  • Page 510 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt <setting> <setting> ::= {INFinite | <count>} <count> ::= 2 to 2000 in NR1 format The :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt command specifies the maximum number of values used when calculating measurement statistics. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt? The :MEASure:STATistics:MCOunt? query returns the current measurement statistics max count setting.
  • Page 511 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:RESet (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:RESet This command resets the measurement statistics, zeroing the counts. Note that the measurement (statistics) configuration is not deleted. See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 459 • ":MEASure:STATistics" on page 507 •...
  • Page 512 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation command disables or enables relative standard deviations, that is, standard deviation/mean, in the measurement statistics. Query Syntax :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation? The :MEASure:STATistics:RSDeviation? query returns the current relative standard deviation setting.
  • Page 513 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:TEDGe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:TEDGe [<slope>,]<occurrence>[,<source>] <slope> ::= {RISing | FALLing | EITHer} <occurrence> ::= [+ | -]<number> <number> ::= the edge number in NR1 format <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 514 :MEASure Commands When the :MEASure:TEDGe query is sent, the displayed signal is searched for the specified transition. The time interval between the trigger event and the edge occurrence is returned. If the specified crossing cannot be found, the oscilloscope returns +9.9E+37. This value is returned if the waveform does not cross the specified vertical value, or if the waveform does not cross the specified vertical value for the specific number of times in the direction specified.
  • Page 515 :MEASure Commands ' Calculate period of ch 1. dblPeriod = dblChan1Edge2 - dblChan1Edge1 ' Calculate phase difference between ch1 and ch2. dblPhase = (dblDelay / dblPeriod) * 360 MsgBox "Phase = " + vbCrLf + CStr(dblPhase) See complete example programs at: Chapter 40, “Programming Examples,”...
  • Page 516 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:TVALue (see page 1368) Query Syntax :MEASure:TVALue? <value>, [<slope>]<occurrence>[,<source>] <value> ::= the vertical value that the waveform must cross. value can be volts or a math function value such as dB, Vs, or V/s. <slope> ::= direction of the waveform. A rising slope is indicated by a plus sign (+).
  • Page 517 :MEASure Commands <value> ::= time in seconds of the specified value crossing in NR3 format See Also • "Introduction to :MEASure Commands" on page 459 • ":MEASure:TEDGe" on page 513 • ":MEASure:VTIMe" on page 1292 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 518 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VAMPlitude (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:VAMPlitude [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VAMPlitude command installs a screen measurement and starts a vertical amplitude measurement.
  • Page 519 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VAVerage (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:VAVerage [<interval>][,<source>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 520 :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VBASe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:VBASe [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VBASe command installs a screen measurement and starts a waveform base value measurement.

  • Page 521: Measure:vmax

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VMAX (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:VMAX [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 522: Measure:vmin

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VMIN (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:VMIN [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 523: Measure:vpp

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VPP (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:VPP [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 524: Measure:vratio

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VRATio (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:VRATio [<interval>][,<source1>][,<source2>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <source1,2> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 525: Measure:vrms

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VRMS (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:VRMS [<interval>][,<type>][,<source>] <interval> ::= {CYCLe | DISPlay} <type> ::= {AC | DC} <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 526: Measure:vtop

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:VTOP (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:VTOP [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VTOP command installs a screen measurement and starts a waveform top value measurement.

  • Page 527: Measure:window

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:WINDow (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:WINDow <type> <type> ::= {MAIN | ZOOM | AUTO | GATE} The :MEASure:WINDow command lets you choose whether measurements are made in the Main window portion of the display, the Zoom window portion of the display (when the zoomed time base is displayed), or gated by the X1 and X2 cursors.

  • Page 528: Measure:xmax

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:XMAX (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:XMAX [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 529: Measure:xmin

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:XMIN (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:XMIN [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 530: Measure:yatx

    :MEASure Commands :MEASure:YATX (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:YATX <horiz_location>[,<source>] <horiz_location> ::= time from trigger in seconds <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...
  • Page 531 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 22 :MEASure Power Commands These :MEASure commands are available when the power measurements and analysis application is licensed and enabled. Table 97 :MEASure Power Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ANGLe :MEASure:ANGLe? <source1>, <source2>...
  • Page 532 :MEASure Power Commands Table 97 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:CRESt :MEASure:CRESt? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} page 539) page 539) <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 533 :MEASure Power Commands Table 97 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:ONTime :MEASure:ONTime? <source1>, <source2> ::= [<source1>][,<source2 [<source1>][,<source2 {CHANnel<n>} page 545) page 545) >] (see >] (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <return_value>...
  • Page 534 :MEASure Power Commands Table 97 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:RDSon :MEASure:RDSon? <source1>, <source2> ::= [<source1>][,<source2 [<source1>][,<source2 {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | page 549) page 549) >] (see >] (see MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...
  • Page 535 :MEASure Power Commands Table 97 :MEASure Power Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MEASure:TRESponse :MEASure:TRESponse? <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| [<source>] (see [<source>] (see FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | page 553) page 553) WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m>...

  • Page 536: Measure:angle

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:ANGLe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:ANGLe [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:ANGLe command installs a power phase angle measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.

  • Page 537: Measure:apparent

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:APParent (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:APParent [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:APParent command installs an apparent power measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.

  • Page 538: Measure:cploss

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:CPLoss (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:CPLoss [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1> ::= {FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:CPLoss command installs a power loss per cycle measurement on screen.

  • Page 539: Measure:crest

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:CRESt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:CRESt [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :MEASure:CRESt command installs a crest factor measurement on screen. The <source>...

  • Page 540: Measure:efficiency

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:EFFiciency (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:EFFiciency The :MEASure:EFFiciency command installs an efficiency (output power / input power) measurement on screen. Before sending this command or query, you must specify the channels probing the input voltage, input current, output voltage, and output current (using the :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...

  • Page 541: Measure:eloss

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:ELOSs (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:ELOSs [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:ELOSs command installs an energy loss measurement on screen.

  • Page 542: Measure:factor

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:FACTor (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:FACTor [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:FACTor command installs a power factor measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.

  • Page 543: Measure:ipower

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:IPOWer (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:IPOWer The :MEASure:IPOWer command installs an input power measurement on screen. Before sending this command or query, you must specify the channels probing the input voltage, input current, output voltage, and output current (using the :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...

  • Page 544: Measure:offtime

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:OFFTime (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:OFFTime [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:OFFTime command installs an "off time" measurement on screen. Turn off time measures the difference of time between when the input AC Voltage last falls to 10% of its maximum amplitude to the time when the output DC Voltage last falls to 10% of its maximum amplitude.

  • Page 545: Measure:ontime

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:ONTime (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:ONTime [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:ONTime command installs an "on time" measurement on screen. Turn on time measures the difference of time between when the input AC Voltage first rises to 10% of its maximum amplitude to the time when the output DC Voltage rises to 90% of its maximum amplitude.

  • Page 546: Measure:opower

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:OPOWer (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:OPOWer The :MEASure:OPOWer command installs an output power measurement on screen. Before sending this command or query, you must specify the channels probing the input voltage, input current, output voltage, and output current (using the :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...

  • Page 547: Measure:pcurrent

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:PCURrent (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:PCURrent [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PCURrent command installs a peak current measurement on screen.

  • Page 548: Measure:ploss

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:PLOSs (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:PLOSs [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:PLOSs command installs a power loss measurement on screen.

  • Page 549: Measure:rdson

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:RDSon (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:RDSon [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r>...

  • Page 550: Measure:reactive

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:REACtive (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:REACtive [<source1>][,<source2>] <source1>, <source2> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MEASure:REACtive command installs a reactive power measurement on screen. The <source1> parameter is the channel probing voltage and the <source2> parameter is the channel probing current.

  • Page 551: Measure:real

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:REAL (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:REAL [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :MEASure:REAL command installs a real power measurement on screen. The <source>...

  • Page 552: Measure:ripple

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:RIPPle (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:RIPPle [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:RIPPle command installs an output ripple measurement on screen.

  • Page 553: Measure:tresponse

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:TRESponse (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:TRESponse [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:TRESponse command installs a transient response time measurement on screen.

  • Page 554: Measure:vcesat

    :MEASure Power Commands :MEASure:VCESat (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MEASure:VCESat [<source>] <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>| FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :MEASure:VCESat command installs a power Vce(sat) measurement on screen.
  • Page 555 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 23 :MTESt Commands The MTESt subsystem commands and queries control the mask test features. See "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 557. Table 98 :MTESt Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:ALL {{0 | OFF} :MTESt:ALL? (see {0 | 1}...
  • Page 556 :MTESt Commands Table 98 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:DELete (see page 571) :MTESt:ENABle {{0 | :MTESt:ENABle? (see {0 | 1} page 572) OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 572) :MTESt:LOCK {{0 | :MTESt:LOCK? (see {0 | 1} page 573)
  • Page 557 :MTESt Commands Table 98 :MTESt Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 :MTESt:SCALe:Y2? (see <y2_value> ::= Y2 value in NR3 page 585) <y2_value> (see format page 585) :MTESt:SOURce :MTESt:SOURce? (see <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | NONE} page 586) <source>...
  • Page 558 :MTESt Commands Set myMgr = New VisaComLib.ResourceManager Set myScope = New VisaComLib.FormattedIO488 Set myScope.IO = _ myMgr.Open("TCPIP0::10.112.94.136::hislip9-0.0::INSTR") myScope.IO.Clear ' Clear the interface. ' Make sure oscilloscope is running. myScope.WriteString ":RUN" ' Set mask test termination conditions. myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:RMODe SIGMa" myScope.WriteString ":MTESt:RMODe?" strQueryResult = myScope.ReadString Debug.Print "Mask test termination mode: "...
  • Page 559 :MTESt Commands ' Wait until mask is created. lngElapsed = 0 Do While lngElapsed <= lngTimeout myScope.WriteString ":OPERegister:CONDition?" varQueryResult = myScope.ReadNumber ' Operation Status Condition Register MTE bit (bit 9, &H200). If (varQueryResult And &H200) <> 0 Then Exit Do Else Sleep 100 ' Small wait to prevent excessive queries.

  • Page 560: Mtest:all

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:ALL (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:ALL <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:ALL command specifies the channel(s) that are included in the mask test: • ON — All displayed analog channels are included in the mask test. •...

  • Page 561: Mtest:amask:create

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:CREate (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:CREate The :MTESt:AMASk:CREate command automatically constructs a mask around the current selected channel, using the tolerance parameters defined by the :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta, :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta, and :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs commands. The mask only encompasses the portion of the waveform visible on the display, so you must ensure that the waveform is acquired and displayed consistently to obtain repeatable results.

  • Page 562: Mtest:amask:source

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:AMASk:SOURce command selects the source for the interpretation of the :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta and :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta parameters when :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs is set to CURRent. When UNITs are CURRent, the XDELta and YDELta parameters are defined in terms of the channel units, as set by the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command, of the selected source.

  • Page 563: Mtest:amask:units

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs <units> <units> ::= {CURRent | DIVisions} The :MTESt:AMASk:UNITs command alters the way the mask test subsystem interprets the tolerance parameters for automasking as defined by :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta and :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta commands. • CURRent — the mask test subsystem uses the units as set by the :CHANnel<n>:UNITs command, usually time for X and voltage for Δ...

  • Page 564: Mtest:amask:xdelta

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta <value> <value> ::= X delta value in NR3 format The :MTESt:AMASk:XDELta command sets the tolerance in the X direction around the waveform for the automasking feature. The absolute value of the tolerance will be added and subtracted to horizontal values of the waveform to determine the boundaries of the mask.

  • Page 565: Mtest:amask:ydelta

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta <value> <value> ::= Y delta value in NR3 format The :MTESt:AMASk:YDELta command sets the vertical tolerance around the waveform for the automasking feature. The absolute value of the tolerance will be added and subtracted to vertical values of the waveform to determine the boundaries of the mask.

  • Page 566: Mtest:count:fwaveforms

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms (see page 1368) Query Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? [CHANnel<n>] <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms? query returns the total number of failed waveforms in the current mask test run. This count is for all regions and all waveforms collected on the channel specified by the optional parameter or collected on the currently specified source channel (:MTESt:SOURce) if there is no parameter.

  • Page 567: Mtest:count:reset

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:RESet (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:RESet The :MTESt:COUNt:RESet command resets the mask statistics. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 557 • ":MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms" on page 569 • ":MTESt:COUNt:FWAVeforms" on page 566 • ":MTESt:COUNt:TIME" on page 568 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 568: Mtest:count:time

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:TIME (see page 1368) Query Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:TIME? The :MTESt:COUNt:TIME? query returns the elapsed time in the current mask test run. Return Format <time><NL> <time> ::= elapsed seconds in NR3 format. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 557 •...

  • Page 569: Mtest:count:waveforms

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms (see page 1368) Query Syntax :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? The :MTESt:COUNt:WAVeforms? query returns the total number of waveforms acquired in the current mask test run. Return Format <count><NL> <count> ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 557 •...

  • Page 570: Mtest:data

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:DATA <mask> <mask> ::= binary block data in IEEE 488.2 # format. The :MTESt:DATA command loads a mask from binary block data. Query Syntax :MTESt:DATA? The :MTESt:DATA? query returns a mask in binary block data format. The format for the data transmission is the # format defined in the IEEE 488.2 specification.

  • Page 571: Mtest:delete

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:DELete (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:DELete The :MTESt:DELete command clears the currently loaded mask. See Also • "Introduction to :MTESt Commands" on page 557 • ":MTESt:AMASk:CREate" on page 561 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 572: Mtest:enable

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:ENABle (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:ENABle <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:ENABle command enables or disables the mask test features. • ON — Enables the mask test features. • OFF — Disables the mask test features. Query Syntax :MTESt:ENABle? The :MTESt:ENABle? query returns the current state of mask test features.

  • Page 573: Mtest:lock

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:LOCK (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:LOCK <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:LOCK command enables or disables the mask lock feature: • ON — Locks a mask to the SOURce. As the vertical or horizontal scaling or position of the SOURce changes, the mask is redrawn accordingly.

  • Page 574: Mtest:rmode

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe <rmode> <rmode> ::= {FORever | SIGMa | TIME | WAVeforms} The :MTESt:RMODe command specifies the termination conditions for the mask test: • FORever — the mask test runs until it is turned off. •...

  • Page 575: Mtest:rmode:faction:measure

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:MEASure command sets measuring only mask failures on or off. When ON, measurements and measurement statistics run only on waveforms that contain a mask violation;...

  • Page 576: Mtest:rmode:faction:save

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE command sets saving on mask failures on or off. Setting :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:SAVE ON automatically sets :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:PRINt N OTE OFF. Chapter 26, “:SAVE Commands,”...

  • Page 577: Mtest:rmode:faction:stop

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:RMODe:FACTion:STOP command sets stopping on a mask failure on or off. When this setting is ON and a mask violation is detected, the mask test is stopped and the acquisition system is stopped.

  • Page 578: Mtest:rmode:sigma

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa <level> <level> ::= from 0.1 to 9.3 in NR3 format When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to SIGMa, the :MTESt:RMODe:SIGMa command sets the test sigma level to which a mask test runs. Test sigma is the best achievable process sigma, assuming no failures.

  • Page 579: Mtest:rmode:time

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:TIME (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:TIME <seconds> <seconds> ::= from 1 to 86400 in NR3 format When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to TIME, the :MTESt:RMODe:TIME command sets the number of seconds for a mask test to run. Query Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:TIME? The :MTESt:RMODe:TIME? query returns the number of seconds currently set.

  • Page 580: Mtest:rmode:waveforms

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms <count> <count> ::= number of waveforms in NR1 format from 1 to 2,000,000,000 When the :MTESt:RMODe command is set to WAVeforms, the :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms command sets the number of waveform acquisitions that are mask tested. Query Syntax :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms? The :MTESt:RMODe:WAVeforms? query returns the number of waveforms...

  • Page 581: Mtest:scale:bind

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:BIND (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:BIND <on_off> <on_off> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :MTESt:SCALe:BIND command enables or disables Bind 1 & 0 Levels (Bind -1 & 0 Levels for inverted masks) control: • ON — If the Bind 1 &...

  • Page 582: Mtest:scale:x1

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:X1 (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:X1 <x1_value> <x1_value> ::= X1 value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:X1 command defines where X=0 in the base coordinate system used for mask testing. The other X-coordinate is defined by the :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta command. Once the X1 and XDELta coordinates are set, all X values of vertices in the mask regions are defined with respect to this value, according to the equation: Δ...

  • Page 583: Mtest:scale:xdelta

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta <xdelta_value> <xdelta_value> ::= X delta value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:XDELta command defines the position of the X2 marker with respect to the X1 marker. In the mask test coordinate system, the X1 marker defines where X=0;...

  • Page 584: Mtest:scale:y1

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 <y1_value> <y1_value> ::= Y1 value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:Y1 command defines where Y=0 in the coordinate system for mask testing. All Y values of vertices in the coordinate system are defined with respect to the boundaries set by SCALe:Y1 and SCALe:Y2 according to the equation: Y = (Y * (Y2 - Y1)) + Y1...

  • Page 585: Mtest:scale:y2

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 <y2_value> <y2_value> ::= Y2 value in NR3 format The :MTESt:SCALe:Y2 command defines the Y2 marker in the coordinate system for mask testing. All Y values of vertices in the coordinate system are defined with respect to the boundaries defined by SCALe:Y1 and SCALe:Y2 according to the following equation: Y = (Y * (Y2 - Y1)) + Y1...

  • Page 586: Mtest:source

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :MTESt:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :MTESt:SOURce command selects the channel which is configured by the commands contained in a mask file when it is loaded. Query Syntax :MTESt:SOURce? The :MTESt:SOURce? query returns the channel which is configured by the...

  • Page 587: Mtest:title

    :MTESt Commands :MTESt:TITLe (see page 1368) Query Syntax :MTESt:TITLe? The :MTESt:TITLe? query returns the mask title which is a string of up to 128 characters. The title is displayed in the mask test dialog box and mask test tab when a mask file is loaded. Return Format <title><NL>...
  • Page 588 :MTESt Commands Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 589 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 24 :POWer Commands These :POWer commands are available when the power measurements and analysis application is licensed and enabled. Table 99 :POWer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:CLResponse? page 597) (see :POWer:CLResponse:APP...
  • Page 590 :POWer Commands Table 99 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:CLResponse:FRE :POWer:CLResponse:FRE <value> ::= {20 | 100 | 1000 | Quency:STARt Quency:STARt? (see 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | page 606) <value>[suffix] (see 10000000} page 606) [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} :POWer:CLResponse:FRE :POWer:CLResponse:FRE...
  • Page 591 :POWer Commands Table 99 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:ENABle {{0 | :POWer:ENABle? (see {0 | 1} page 618) OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 618) :POWer:HARMonics:APPL page 619) y (see :POWer:HARMonics:DATA <binary_block> ::= page 620) ? (see...
  • Page 592 :POWer Commands Table 99 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:INRush:NEXT page 633) (see :POWer:ITYPe <type> :POWer:ITYPe? (see <type> ::= {DC | AC} page 634) page 634) (see :POWer:MODulation:APP page 635) Ly (see :POWer:MODulation:SOU :POWer:MODulation:SOU <source> ::= {V | I} page 636) Rce <source>...
  • Page 593 :POWer Commands Table 99 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency <value> ::= {1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 :MINimum :MINimum? (see | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | page 648) <value>[suffix] (see 10000000} page 648) [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz}...
  • Page 594 :POWer Commands Table 99 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:AUTose <analysis> ::= {HARMonics | tup <analysis> (see EFFiciency | RIPPle | MODulation page 660) | QUALity | SLEW | SWITch | RDSVce} :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes <count> ::= integer in NR1 format :HARMonics <count>...
  • Page 595 :POWer Commands Table 99 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXim :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXim <value> ::= Maximum expected um:INRush um:INRush? (see input Voltage in NR3 format page 671) <value>[suffix] (see [suffix] ::= {V | mV} page 671) :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXim :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXim <value>...
  • Page 596 :POWer Commands Table 99 :POWer Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :POWer:SWITch:CONDuct :POWer:SWITch:CONDuct <conduction> ::= {WAVeform | RDS page 682) ion <conduction> (see ion? (see | VCE} page 682) :POWer:SWITch:IREFere :POWer:SWITch:IREFere <percent> ::= percent in NR1 page 683) nce <percent>...

  • Page 597: Power:clresponse

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse (see page 1368) Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse? The :POWer:CLResponse? query returns the Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis settings. Return Format <settings_string><NL> For example, the query returns the following string when issued after the *RST command. :POW:CLR:SOUR:INP CHAN1;OUTP CHAN2;:POW:CLR:FREQ:STAR +100E+00; STOP +20.000000E+06;:POW:CLR:WGEN:VOLT +200.0E-03;LOAD FIFT See Also •...

  • Page 598: Power:clresponse:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy The :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy command performs the control loop response (Bode) analysis to help you determine the margin of a control loop. A Bode plot measurement plots gain and/or phase as a function of frequency. You can use the :POWer:CLResponse:TRACe command to specify whether to include gain, phase, both gain and phase, or neither in the frequency response analysis results.

  • Page 599: Power:clresponse:data

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:DATA (see page 1368) Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:DATA? [SWEep | SINGle] The :POWer:CLResponse:DATA? query returns data from the Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis. The comma-separated value format is suitable for spreadsheet analysis. You can use the :POWer:CLResponse:TRACe command to specify whether to include gain, phase, both gain and phase, or neither in the frequency response analysis results.

  • Page 600: Power:clresponse:data:gmargin

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:GMARgin (see page 1368) Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:GMARgin? After the Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis has been performed (see :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy), the :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:GMARgin? query returns the gain margin in dB. Return Format <gain_margin><NL> <gain_margin> ::= gain margin in dB in NR3 format. The query returns +9.9E+37 if the value cannot be calculated from the last sweep (that is, if there are no crossover points).

  • Page 601: Power:clresponse:data:gmargin:frequency

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:GMARgin:FREQuency (see page 1368) Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:GMARgin:FREQuency? After the Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis has been performed (see :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy), the :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:GMARgin:FREQuency? query returns the 0° phase crossover frequency in Hz. Return Format <frequency><NL> <frequency> ::= 0 degrees phase crossover frequency in Hz in NR3 format The query returns +9.9E+37 if the value cannot be calculated from the last sweep (that is, if there are no crossover points).

  • Page 602: Power:clresponse:data:pmargin

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:PMARgin (see page 1368) Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:PMARgin? After the Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis has been performed (see :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy), the :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:PMARgin? query returns the phase margin in degrees. Return Format <phase_margin><NL> <phase_margin> ::= phase margin in degrees in NR3 format. The query returns +9.9E+37 if the value cannot be calculated from the last sweep (that is, if there are no crossover points).

  • Page 603: Power:clresponse:data:pmargin:frequency

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:PMARgin:FREQuency (see page 1368) Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:PMARgin:FREQuency? After the Control Loop Response (Bode) power analysis has been performed (see :POWer:CLResponse:APPLy), the :POWer:CLResponse:DATA:PMARgin:FREQuency? query returns the 0 dB gain crossover frequency in Hz. Return Format <frequency><NL> <frequency> ::= 0dB gain crossover frequency in Hz in NR3 format. The query returns +9.9E+37 if the value cannot be calculated from the last sweep (that is, if there are no crossover points).

  • Page 604: Power:clresponse:frequency:mode

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:MODE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {SWEep | SINGle} The :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:MODE command specifies whether the analysis should be performed by sweeping through a range of frequencies (SWEep) or at a single frequency (SINGle). The SINGle mode is useful for evaluating amplitudes at a single frequency, for example, near the expected 0 dB cross-over frequency.

  • Page 605: Power:clresponse:frequency:single

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:SINGle (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:SINGle <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {20 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 2000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:SINGle command sets the single frequency value.

  • Page 606: Power:clresponse:frequency:start

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STARt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STARt <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {20 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STARt command sets the frequency sweep start value. The control loop response analysis is displayed on a log scale Bode plot, so you can select from decade values in addition to the minimum frequency of 20 Hz.

  • Page 607: Power:clresponse:frequency:stop

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STOP (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STOP <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 20000000 [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:CLResponse:FREQuency:STOP command sets the frequency sweep stop value. The control loop response analysis is displayed on a log scale Bode plot, so you can select from decade values in addition to the maximum frequency of 20 MHz.

  • Page 608: Power:clresponse:ppdecade

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade <pts> <pts> ::= {10 | 20 | 30 | 40 | 50 | 60 | 70 | 80 | 90 | 100} The :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade command selects the number of frequency test points per decade (in the log scale). Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade? The :POWer:CLResponse:PPDecade? query returns the points per decade setting.

  • Page 609: Power:clresponse:source:input

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut command selects the oscilloscope channel that is probing the power supply input. Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut? The :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:INPut? query returns the channel selection.

  • Page 610: Power:clresponse:source:output

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:OUTPut (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:OUTPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:OUTPut command selects the oscilloscope channel that is probing the power supply output. Query Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:OUTPut? The :POWer:CLResponse:SOURce:OUTPut? query returns the channel selection.

  • Page 611: Power:clresponse:trace

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:TRACe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:TRACe <selection> <selection> ::= {NONE | ALL | GAIN | PHASe}[,{GAIN | PHASe}] The :POWer:CLResponse:TRACe command specifies whether to include gain, phase, both gain and phase, or neither in the control loop response analysis results.

  • Page 612: Power:clresponse:wgen:load

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:LOAD (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:LOAD <impedance> <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} The :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:LOAD command sets the waveform generator expected output load impedance. The output impedance of the Gen Out signal is fixed at 50 ohms. However, the output load selection lets the waveform generator display the correct amplitude and offset levels for the expected output load.

  • Page 613: Power:clresponse:wgen:voltage

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage <amplitude>[,<range>] <amplitude> ::= amplitude in volts in NR3 format <range> ::= {F20HZ | F100HZ | F1KHZ | F10KHZ | F100KHZ | F1MHZ | F10MHZ | F20MHZ} The :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage command sets the waveform generator output amplitude(s).

  • Page 614: Power:clresponse:wgen:voltage:profile

    :POWer Commands :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :POWer:CLResponse:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile command enables or disables the ability to set initial waveform generator ramp amplitudes for each frequency range. With amplitude profiling, you can use lower amplitudes at frequencies where the device under test (DUT) is sensitive to distortion and use higher amplitudes where the DUT is less sensitive to distortion.

  • Page 615: Power:deskew

    :POWer Commands :POWer:DESKew (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:DESKew The :POWer:DESKew command launches the auto deskew process on the oscilloscope. Before sending this command: Demagnetize and zero-adjust the current probe. Refer to the current probe's documentation for instructions on how to do this. Make connections to the U1880A deskew fixture as described in the oscilloscope's connection dialog or in the Power Measurement Application User's Guide.

  • Page 616: Power:efficiency:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:EFFiciency:APPLy (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:EFFiciency:APPLy The :POWer:EFFiciency:APPLy command applies the efficiency power analysis. Efficiency analysis tests the overall efficiency of the power supply by measuring the output power over the input power. Efficiency analysis requires a 4-channel oscilloscope because input voltage, input current, N OTE output voltage, and output current are measured.

  • Page 617: Power:efficiency:type

    :POWer Commands :POWer:EFFiciency:TYPE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:EFFiciency:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {DCDC | DCAC | ACDC | ACAC} The :POWer:EFFiciency:TYPE command specifies the type of power that is being converted from the input to the output. This selection affects how the efficiency is measured.

  • Page 618: Power:enable

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ENABle (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:ENABle {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :POWer:ENABle command enables or disables power analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:ENABle? The :POWer:ENABle query returns a 1 or a 0 showing whether power analysis is enabled or disabled, respectively.

  • Page 619: Power:harmonics:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:APPLy (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:APPLy The :POWer:HARMonics:APPLy command applies the current harmonics analysis. Switching power supplies draw a range of harmonics from the AC mains. Standard limits are set for these harmonics because these harmonics can travel back to the supply grid and cause problems with other devices on the grid.

  • Page 620: Power:harmonics:data

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:DATA (see page 1368) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:DATA? The :POWer:HARMonics:DATA query returns the power harmonics results table data. Return Format <binary_block> ::= comma-separated data with newlines at the end of each See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:APPLy" on page 619 • ":POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay"...

  • Page 621: Power:harmonics:display

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay <display> <display> ::= {TABLe | BAR | OFF} The :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay command specifies how to display the current harmonics analysis results: • TABLe • BAR — Bar chart. • OFF — Harmonics measurement results are not displayed. Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay? The :POWer:HARMonics:DISPlay query returns the display setting.

  • Page 622: Power:harmonics:failcount

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:FAILcount (see page 1368) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:FAILcount? Returns the current harmonics analysis' fail count. Non Spec values (that is, harmonics values not specified by the selected standard) are not counted. Return Format <count><NL> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format See Also •...

  • Page 623: Power:harmonics:line

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:LINE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:LINE <frequency> <frequency> ::= {F50 | F60 | F400 | AUTO} The :POWer:HARMonics:LINE command specifies the line frequency setting for the current harmonics analysis: • F50 — 50 Hz. • F60 — 60 Hz. •...

  • Page 624: Power:harmonics:powerfactor

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:POWerfactor (see page 1368) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:POWerfactor? The :POWer:HARMonics:POWerfactor query returns the power factor for IEC 61000-3-2 Standard Class C power factor value. Return Format <value> ::= Class C power factor in NR3 format See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:APPLy" on page 619 •...

  • Page 625: Power:harmonics:rpower

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer <source> <source> ::= {MEASured | USER} When Class D is selected as the current harmonics analysis standard, the :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer command specifies whether the Real Power value used for the current-per-watt measurement is measured by the oscilloscope or is defined by the user.

  • Page 626: Power:harmonics:rpower:user

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer:USER (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer:USER <value> <value> ::= Watts from 1.0 to 600.0 in NR3 format When Class D is selected as the current harmonics analysis standard and you have chosen to use a user-defined Real Power value (see :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer), the :POWer:HARMonics:RPOWer:USER command specifies the Real Power value used in the current-per-watt measurement.

  • Page 627: Power:harmonics:runcount

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:RUNCount (see page 1368) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:RUNCount? Returns the current harmonics analysis' run iteration count. Non Spec values (that is, harmonics values not specified by the selected standard) are not counted. Return Format <count><NL> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format See Also •...

  • Page 628: Power:harmonics:standard

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:STANdard (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:STANdard <class> <class> ::= {A | B | C | D} The :POWer:HARMonics:STANdard command selects the standard to perform current harmonics compliance testing on. • A — IEC 61000-3-2 Class A — for balanced three-phase equipment, household appliances (except equipment identified as Class D), tools excluding portable tools, dimmers for incandescent lamps, and audio equipment.

  • Page 629: Power:harmonics:status

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:STATus (see page 1368) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:STATus? The :POWer:HARMonics:STATus query returns the overall pass/fail status of the current harmonics analysis. Return Format <status> ::= {PASS | FAIL | UNTested} See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:RUNCount" on page 627 • ":POWer:HARMonics:FAILcount" on page 622 •...

  • Page 630: Power:harmonics:thd

    :POWer Commands :POWer:HARMonics:THD (see page 1368) Query Syntax :POWer:HARMonics:THD? The :POWer:HARMonics:THD query returns the Total Harmonics Distortion (THD) results of the current harmonics analysis. Return Format <value> ::= Total Harmonics Distortion in NR3 format See Also • ":POWer:HARMonics:APPLy" on page 619 •...

  • Page 631: Power:inrush:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:INRush:APPLy (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:INRush:APPLy The :POWer:INRush:APPLy command applies the inrush current analysis. The Inrush current analysis measures the peak inrush current of the power supply when the power supply is first turned on. See Also •...

  • Page 632: Power:inrush:exit

    :POWer Commands :POWer:INRush:EXIT (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:INRush:EXIT The :POWer:INRush:EXIT command exits (stops) the inrush current power analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis. See Also • ":POWer:INRush:APPLy" on page 631 •...

  • Page 633: Power:inrush:next

    :POWer Commands :POWer:INRush:NEXT (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:INRush:NEXT The :POWer:INRush:NEXT command goes to the next step of the inrush current analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis. See Also •...

  • Page 634: Power:itype

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ITYPe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:ITYPe <type> <type> ::= {DC | AC} The :POWer:ITYPe command specifies the type of power that is being converted from the input (DC or AC). Your selection affects how the measurements are made. This setting is used in the Inrush Current and Turn On/Turn Off tests.

  • Page 635: Power:modulation:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:MODulation:APPLy (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:MODulation:APPLy The :POWer:MODulation:APPLy command applies the selected modulation analysis type (:POWer:MODulation:TYPE). The Modulation analysis measures the control pulse signal to a switching device (MOSFET) and observes the trending of the pulse width, duty cycle, period, frequency, etc.

  • Page 636: Power:modulation:source

    :POWer Commands :POWer:MODulation:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:MODulation:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {V | I} The :POWer:MODulation:SOURce command selects either the voltage source or the current source as the source for the modulation analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:MODulation:SOURce? The :POWer:MODulation:SOURce query returns the selected source for the modulation analysis.

  • Page 637: Power:modulation:type

    :POWer Commands :POWer:MODulation:TYPE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:MODulation:TYPE <modulation> <modulation> ::= {VAVerage | ACRMs | VRATio | PERiod | FREQuency | PWIDith | NWIDth | DUTYcycle | RISetime | FALLtime} The :POWer:MODulation:TYPE command selects the type of measurement to make in the modulation analysis: •...

  • Page 638: Power:onoff:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:APPLy (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:APPLy The :POWer:ONOFf:APPLy command applies the selected turn on/off analysis test (:POWer:ONOFf:TEST). See Also • ":POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF" on page 674 • ":POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON" on page 675 • ":POWer:ITYPe" on page 634 • ":POWer:ONOFf:THResholds" on page 642 •...

  • Page 639: Power:onoff:exit

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:EXIT (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:EXIT The :POWer:ONOFf:EXIT command exits (stops) the turn on time/turn off time analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis. See Also •...

  • Page 640: Power:onoff:next

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:NEXT (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:NEXT The :POWer:ONOFf:NEXT command goes to the next step of the turn on/turn off analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis. See Also •...

  • Page 641: Power:onoff:test

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:TEST (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:TEST {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :POWer:ONOFf:TEST command selects whether turn on or turn off analysis is performed: • ON — Turn On — measures the time taken to get the output voltage of the power supply after the input voltage is applied.

  • Page 642: Power:onoff:thresholds

    :POWer Commands :POWer:ONOFf:THResholds (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:ONOFf:THResholds <type>,<input_thr>,<output_thr> <type> ::= {ON | OFF} <input_thr> ::= percent from 0-100 in NR1 format <output_thr> ::= percent from 0-100 in NR1 format The :POWer:ONOFf:THResholds command specifies the input and output thresholds used in the Turn On/Turn Off analysis. Turn On analysis determines how fast a turned on power supply takes to reach some percent of its steady state output.
  • Page 643 :POWer Commands • ":MEASure:ONTime" on page 545 • ":MEASure:OFFTime" on page 544 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 644: Power:psrr

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR (see page 1368) Query Syntax :POWer:PSRR? The :POWer:PSRR? query returns the Power Supply Rejection Ratio (PSRR) power analysis settings. Return Format <settings_string><NL> For example, the query returns the following string when issued after the *RST command. :POW:PSRR:SOUR:INP CHAN1;OUTP CHAN2;:POW:PSRR:FREQ:STAR +100E+00; STOP +20.000000E+06;:POW:PSRR:WGEN:VOLT +200.0E-03;LOAD FIFT See Also •...

  • Page 645: Power:psrr:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:APPLy (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:APPLy The :POWer:PSRR:APPLy command applies the power supply rejection ratio (PSRR) analysis. The Power Supply Rejection Ratio (PSRR) test is used to determine how well a voltage regulator rejects ripple noise over different frequency range. This analysis provides a signal from the oscilloscope's waveform generator that sweeps its frequency.

  • Page 646: Power:psrr:data

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:DATA (see page 1368) Query Syntax :POWer:PSRR:DATA? [SWEep | SINGle] The :POWer:PSRR:DATA? query returns data from the Power Supply Rejection Ratio (PSRR) power analysis. The comma-separated value format is suitable for spreadsheet analysis. You can use the :POWer:PSRR:TRACe command to specify whether to include gain data in the PSRR analysis results.

  • Page 647: Power:psrr:frequency:maximum

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MAXimum (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MAXimum <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 20000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MAXimum command sets the end sweep frequency value.

  • Page 648: Power:psrr:frequency:minimum

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MINimum (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MINimum <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MINimum command sets the start sweep frequency value.

  • Page 649: Power:psrr:frequency:mode

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MODE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {SWEep | SINGle} The :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:MODE command specifies whether the analysis should be performed by sweeping through a range of frequencies (SWEep) or at a single frequency (SINGle). The SINGle mode is useful for evaluating amplitudes at a single frequency. After running the test at a single frequency, you can manually adjust (increase) the waveform generator's amplitude until you begin to observe distortion in the waveforms on the oscilloscope's display.

  • Page 650: Power:psrr:frequency:single

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:SINGle (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:SINGle <value>[suffix] <value> ::= {1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | 100000 | 1000000 | 10000000 | 2000000} [suffix] ::= {Hz | kHz| MHz} The :POWer:PSRR:FREQuency:SINGle command sets the single frequency value. The measurement is displayed on a log scale, so you can select from decade values.

  • Page 651: Power:psrr:ppdecade

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:PPDecade (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:PPDecade <pts> <pts> ::= {10 | 20 | 30 | 40 | 50 | 60 | 70 | 80 | 90 | 100} The :POWer:PSRR:PPDecade command selects the number of frequency test points per decade (in the log scale).

  • Page 652: Power:psrr:source:input

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:INPut (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:INPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:INPut command selects the oscilloscope channel that is probing the power supply input. Query Syntax :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:INPut? The :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:INPut? query returns the channel selection.

  • Page 653: Power:psrr:source:output

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:OUTPut (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:OUTPut <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:OUTPut command selects the oscilloscope channel that is probing the power supply output. Query Syntax :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:OUTPut? The :POWer:PSRR:SOURce:OUTPut? query returns the channel selection.

  • Page 654: Power:psrr:trace

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:TRACe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:TRACe <selection> <selection> ::= {NONE | GAIN} The :POWer:PSRR:TRACe command specifies whether to include gain (PSRR) data in the power supply rejection ratio analysis results. This command affects the oscilloscope's front panel graphical user interface (plot and table) N OTE as well as when saving analysis data.

  • Page 655: Power:psrr:wgen:load

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:LOAD (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:LOAD <impedance> <impedance> ::= {ONEMeg | FIFTy} The :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:LOAD command sets the waveform generator expected output load impedance. The output impedance of the Gen Out signal is fixed at 50 ohms. However, the output load selection lets the waveform generator display the correct amplitude and offset levels for the expected output load.

  • Page 656: Power:psrr:wgen:voltage

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage <amplitude>[,<range>] <amplitude> ::= amplitude in volts in NR3 format <range> ::= {F20HZ | F100HZ | F1KHZ | F10KHZ | F100KHZ | F1MHZ | F10MHZ | F20MHZ} The :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage command sets the waveform generator output amplitude(s).

  • Page 657: Power:psrr:wgen:voltage:profile

    :POWer Commands :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :POWer:PSRR:WGEN:VOLTage:PROFile command enables or disables the ability to set initial waveform generator ramp amplitudes for each frequency range. With amplitude profiling, you can use lower amplitudes at frequencies where the device under test (DUT) is sensitive to distortion and use higher amplitudes where the DUT is less sensitive to distortion.

  • Page 658: Power:quality:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:QUALity:APPLy (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:QUALity:APPLy The :POWer:QUALity:APPLy command applies the selected power quality analysis type (:POWer:QUALity:TYPE). The power quality analysis shows the quality of the AC input line. Some AC current may flow back into and back out of the load without delivering energy.

  • Page 659: Power:ripple:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:RIPPle:APPLy (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:RIPPle:APPLy The :POWer:RIPPle:APPLy command applies the output ripple analysis. See Also • ":MEASure:RIPPle" on page 552 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 660: Power:signals:autosetup

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:AUTosetup (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:AUTosetup <analysis> <analysis> ::= {HARMonics | EFFiciency | RIPPle | MODulation | QUALity | SLEW | SWITch | RDSVce} The :POWer:SIGNals:AUTosetup command performs automated oscilloscope setup for the signals in the specified type of power analysis. See Also •...

  • Page 661: Power:signals:cycles:harmonics

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics <count> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format Legal values are 1 to 100. The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics command specifies the number of cycles to include in the current harmonics analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics? The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:HARMonics query returns the number of cycles currently set.

  • Page 662: Power:signals:cycles:quality

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity <count> <count> ::= integer in NR1 format Legal values are 1 to 100. The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity command specifies the number of cycles to include in the power quality analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity? The :POWer:SIGNals:CYCLes:QUALity query returns the number of cycles currently set.

  • Page 663: Power:signals:duration:efficiency

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency command specifies the duration of the efficiency analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:EFFiciency query returns the set duration time value.

  • Page 664: Power:signals:duration:modulation

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation command specifies the duration of the modulation analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:MODulation query returns the set duration time value.

  • Page 665: Power:signals:duration:onoff:off

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF command specifies the duration of the turn off analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:OFF query returns the set duration time value.

  • Page 666: Power:signals:duration:onoff:on

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON command specifies the duration of the turn on analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:ONOFf:ON query returns the set duration time value.

  • Page 667: Power:signals:duration:ripple

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle command specifies the duration of the output ripple analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:RIPPle query returns the set duration time value. Return Format <value><NL>...

  • Page 668: Power:signals:duration:transient

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient <value>[suffix] <value> ::= value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns} The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient command specifies the duration of the transient response analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient? The :POWer:SIGNals:DURation:TRANsient query returns the set duration time value.

  • Page 669: Power:signals:iexpected

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPected (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPected <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected current value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {A | mA} The :POWer:SIGNals:IEXPected command specifies the expected inrush current amplitude. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing current.

  • Page 670: Power:signals:overshoot

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:OVERshoot (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:OVERshoot <percent> <percent> ::= percent of overshoot value in NR1 format The :POWer:SIGNals:OVERshoot command specifies the percent of overshoot of the output voltage. This value is used to determine the settling band value for the transient response and to adjust the vertical scale of the oscilloscope.

  • Page 671: Power:signals:vmaximum:inrush

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:INRush (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:INRush <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:INRush command specifies the maximum expected input voltage. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing voltage for inrush current analysis.

  • Page 672: Power:signals:vmaximum:onoff:off

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:OFF (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:OFF <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:OFF command specifies the maximum expected input voltage. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing voltage for turn off analysis.

  • Page 673: Power:signals:vmaximum:onoff:on

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:ON (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:ON <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VMAXimum:ONOFf:ON command specifies the maximum expected input voltage. This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing voltage for turn on analysis.

  • Page 674: Power:signals:vsteady:onoff:off

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF command specifies the expected steady state output DC voltage of the power supply for turn off analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF? The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:OFF query returns the expected steady state...

  • Page 675: Power:signals:vsteady:onoff:on

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON command specifies the expected steady state output DC voltage of the power supply for turn on analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON? The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:ONOFf:ON query returns the expected steady state...

  • Page 676: Power:signals:vsteady:transient

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:TRANsient (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:TRANsient <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SIGNals:VSTeady:TRANsient command specifies the expected steady state output DC voltage of the power supply for transient response analysis. This value is used along with the overshoot percentage to specify the settling band for the transient response and to adjust the vertical scale of the oscilloscope.

  • Page 677: Power:signals:source:current

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i> (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i> <source> <i> ::= 1, 2 in NR1 format <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i> command specifies the first, and perhaps second, current source channel to be used in the power analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i>? The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:CURRent<i>...

  • Page 678: Power:signals:source:voltage

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i> (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i> <source> <i> ::= 1, 2 in NR1 format <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i> command specifies the first, and perhaps second, voltage source channel to be used in the power analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>? The :POWer:SIGNals:SOURce:VOLTage<i>...

  • Page 679: Power:slew:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SLEW:APPLy (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SLEW:APPLy The :POWer:SLEW:APPLy command applies the slew rate analysis. See Also • ":POWer:SLEW:SOURce" on page 680 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 680: Power:slew:source

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SLEW:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SLEW:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {V | I} The :POWer:SLEW:SOURce command selects either the voltage source or the current source as the source for the slew rate analysis. Query Syntax :POWer:SLEW:SOURce? The :POWer:SLEW:SOURce query returns the selected source for the slew rate analysis.

  • Page 681: Power:switch:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:APPLy (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:APPLy The :POWer:SWITch:APPLy command applies the switching loss analysis using the conduction calculation method, V reference, and I reference settings. See Also • ":POWer:SWITch:CONDuction" on page 682 • ":POWer:SWITch:IREFerence" on page 683 •...

  • Page 682: Power:switch:conduction

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction <conduction> <conduction> ::= {WAVeform | RDS | VCE} The :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction command specifies the conduction calculation method: • WAVeform — The Power waveform uses the original voltage waveform data, and the calculation is: P = V x I •...

  • Page 683: Power:switch:ireference

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:IREFerence (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:IREFerence <percent> <percent> ::= percent in NR1 format The :POWer:SWITch:IREFerence command to specify the current switching level for the start of switching edges. The value is in percentage of the maximum switch current.

  • Page 684: Power:switch:rds

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:RDS (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:RDS <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Rds(on) value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {OHM | mOHM} The :POWer:SWITch:RDS command specifies the Rds(on) value when the RDS conduction calculation method is chosen (by :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction). Query Syntax :POWer:SWITch:RDS? The :POWer:SWITch:RDS query returns the Rds(on) value.

  • Page 685: Power:switch:vce

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:VCE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:VCE <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Vce(sat) value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {V | mV} The :POWer:SWITch:VCE command specifies the Vce(sat) value when the VCE conduction calculation method is chosen (by :POWer:SWITch:CONDuction). Query Syntax :POWer:SWITch:VCE? The :POWer:SWITch:VCE query returns the Vce(sat) value.

  • Page 686: Power:switch:vreference

    :POWer Commands :POWer:SWITch:VREFerence (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:SWITch:VREFerence <percent> <percent> ::= percent in NR1 format The :POWer:SWITch:VREFerence command to specify the voltage switching level for the switching edges. The value is in percentage of the maximum switch voltage. You can adjust this value to ignore noise floors. This value specifies the threshold that is used to determine the switching edges.

  • Page 687: Power:transient:apply

    :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:APPLy (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:APPLy The :POWer:TRANsient:APPLy command applies the transient analysis using the initial current and new current settings. See Also • ":POWer:TRANsient:EXIT" on page 688 • ":POWer:TRANsient:IINitial" on page 689 • ":POWer:TRANsient:INEW" on page 690 •...

  • Page 688: Power:transient:exit

    :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:EXIT (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:EXIT The :POWer:TRANsient:EXIT command exits (stops) the transient analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis. See Also • ":POWer:TRANsient:APPLy" on page 687 •...

  • Page 689: Power:transient:iinitial

    :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial <value>[suffix] <value> ::= Initial current value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {A | mA} The :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial command to specify the initial load current value. The initial load current will be used as a reference and to trigger the oscilloscope. Query Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial? The :POWer:TRANsient:IINitial query returns the initial load current value.

  • Page 690: Power:transient:inew

    :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:INEW (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:INEW <value>[suffix] <value> ::= New current value in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {A | mA} The :POWer:TRANsient:INEW command to specify the new load current value. The new load current will be used as a reference and to trigger the oscilloscope. Query Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:INEW? The :POWer:TRANsient:INEW query returns the new load current value.

  • Page 691: Power:transient:next

    :POWer Commands :POWer:TRANsient:NEXT (see page 1368) Command Syntax :POWer:TRANsient:NEXT The :POWer:TRANsient:NEXT command goes to the next step of the transient analysis. This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis. See Also •...
  • Page 692 :POWer Commands Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...
  • Page 693 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 25 :RECall Commands Recall previously saved oscilloscope setups, reference waveforms, and masks. Table 100 :RECall Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :RECall:ARBitrary:[ST <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> ARt] [<file_spec>][, | <file_name>} <column>][, <column>...
  • Page 694 :RECall Commands Table 100 :RECall Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :RECall:MASK[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page 699) <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string :RECall:PWD :RECall:PWD? (see <path_name>...

  • Page 695: Recall:arbitrary[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:ARBitrary[:STARt] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :RECall:ARBitrary:[STARt] [<file_spec>][, <column>][, <wavegen_id>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <column> ::= Column in CSV file to load. Column number starts from 1. <wavegen_id> ::= WGEN1 - specifies which wavegen <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name>...

  • Page 696: Recall:dbc[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:DBC[:STARt] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :RECall:DBC[:STARt] [<file_name>] [, <serialbus>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string <serialbus> ::= {SBUS<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of serial bus) in NR1 format The :RECall:DBC[:STARt] command loads a CAN DBC (communication database) symbolic data file into the oscilloscope.

  • Page 697: Recall:filename

    :RECall Commands :RECall:FILename (see page 1368) Command Syntax :RECall:FILename <base_name> <base_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:FILename command specifies the source for any RECall operations. This command specifies a file's base name only, without path information or an extension. N OTE Query Syntax :RECall:FILename? The :RECall:FILename? query returns the current RECall filename.

  • Page 698: Recall:ldf[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:LDF[:STARt] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :RECall:LDF[:STARt] [<file_name>] [, <serialbus>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string <serialbus> ::= {SBUS<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# of serial bus) in NR1 format The :RECall:LDF[:STARt] command loads a LIN description file (LDF) symbolic data file into the oscilloscope.

  • Page 699: Recall:mask[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:MASK[:STARt] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :RECall:MASK[:STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:MASK[:STARt] command recalls a mask. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".msk". N OTE See Also •...

  • Page 700: Recall:pwd

    :RECall Commands :RECall:PWD (see page 1368) Command Syntax :RECall:PWD <path_name> <path_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:PWD command sets the present working directory for recall operations. Query Syntax :RECall:PWD? The :RECall:PWD? query returns the currently set working directory for recall operations.

  • Page 701: Recall:setup[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:SETup[:STARt] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :RECall:SETup[:STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :RECall:SETup[:STARt] command recalls an oscilloscope setup. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".scp". N OTE See Also •...

  • Page 702: Recall:wmemory[:Start]

    :RECall Commands :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt] [<file_name> | <data>] <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string <data> ::= binary block data in IEEE 488.2 # format The :RECall:WMEMory<r>[:STARt] command recalls a reference waveform. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".h5".
  • Page 703 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 26 :SAVE Commands Save oscilloscope setups, screen images, and data. See "Introduction to :SAVE Commands" on page 706. Table 101 :SAVE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:ARBitrary:[STAR <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> t] [<file_spec>][, | <file_name>} <wavegen_id>] (see...
  • Page 704 :SAVE Commands Table 101 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII [<file_name>] (see string page 714) :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page 715) <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name>...
  • Page 705 :SAVE Commands Table 101 :SAVE Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SAVE:SETup[:STARt] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> [<file_spec>] (see | <file_name>} page 725) <internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII ] [<file_name>] (see string page...
  • Page 706 :SAVE Commands Introduction to The :SAVE subsystem provides commands to save oscilloscope setups, screen :SAVE Commands images, and data. :SAV is an acceptable short form for :SAVE. Reporting the Setup Use :SAVE? to query setup information for the SAVE subsystem. Return Format The following is a sample response from the :SAVE? query.

  • Page 707: Save:arbitrary[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:ARBitrary[:STARt] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:ARBitrary:[STARt] [<file_spec>][, <wavegen_id>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string <wavegen_id> ::= WGEN1 The :SAVE:ARBitrary:[STARt] command saves the current arbitrary waveform to an internal location or a file on a USB storage device.

  • Page 708: Save:filename

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:FILename (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:FILename <base_name> <base_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:FILename command specifies the source for any SAVE operations. This command specifies a file's base name only, without path information or an extension. N OTE Query Syntax :SAVE:FILename? The :SAVE:FILename? query returns the current SAVE filename.

  • Page 709: Save:image[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:IMAGe[:STARt] command saves an image. Be sure to set the :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat before saving an image. If the format is NONE, the N OTE save image command will not succeed. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, and it does not match the N OTE extension expected by the format specified in :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat, the format will be...

  • Page 710: Save:image:factors

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors <factors> <factors> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :SAVE:IMAGe:FACTors command controls whether the oscilloscope factors are output along with the image. Factors are written to a separate file with the same path and base name but with the ".txt" N OTE extension.

  • Page 711: Save:image:format

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat <format> <format> ::= {{BMP | BMP24bit} | BMP8bit | PNG} The :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat command sets the image format type. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat? The :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat? query returns the selected image format type. Return Format <format><NL>...

  • Page 712: Save:image:inksaver

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver <value> <value> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver command controls whether the graticule colors are inverted or not. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver? The :SAVE:IMAGe:INKSaver? query returns a flag indicating whether graticule colors are inverted or not.

  • Page 713: Save:image:palette

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette <palette> <palette> ::= {COLor | GRAYscale} The :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette command sets the image palette color. Query Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette? The :SAVE:IMAGe:PALette? query returns the selected image palette color. Return Format <palette><NL> <palette> ::= {COL | GRAY} See Also •...

  • Page 714: Save:lister[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:LISTer[:STARt] command saves the Lister display data to a file. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".csv". N OTE See Also •...

  • Page 715: Save:mask[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-3; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:MASK[:STARt] command saves a mask. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".msk". N OTE See Also •...

  • Page 716: Save:multi[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:MULTi[:STARt] command saves multi-channel waveform data to a file. This file can be opened by the N8900A Infiniium Offline oscilloscope analysis software. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".h5". N OTE See Also •...

  • Page 717: Save:power[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:POWer[:STARt] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:POWer[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:POWer[:STARt] command saves the power measurement application's current harmonics analysis results to a file. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".csv". N OTE See Also •...

  • Page 718: Save:pwd

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:PWD (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:PWD <path_name> <path_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:PWD command sets the present working directory for save operations. Query Syntax :SAVE:PWD? The :SAVE:PWD? query returns the currently set working directory for save operations.

  • Page 719: Save:results:[Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] [<file_spec>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command saves analysis results to a comma-separated values (*.csv) file on a USB storage device. Use the :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands to specify the analysis types whose results are saved to the file.

  • Page 720: Save:results:format:cursor

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSor (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSor {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:CURSor command specifies whether cursor values will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.

  • Page 721: Save:results:format:mask

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MASK command specifies whether mask statistics will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.

  • Page 722: Save:results:format:measurement

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASurement (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASurement {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:MEASurement command specifies whether measurement results will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.

  • Page 723: Save:results:format:search

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEARch (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEARch {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEARch command specifies whether found search event times will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.

  • Page 724: Save:results:format:segmented

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEGMented (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEGMented {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SAVE:RESults:FORMat:SEGMented command specifies whether segmented memory acquisition times will be included when analysis results are saved. Analysis results are saved using the :SAVE:RESults:[STARt] command. Other :SAVE:RESults:FORMat commands specify whether other types of analysis results are also saved.

  • Page 725: Save[:Setup[:Start]]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE[:SETup[:STARt]] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE[:SETup[:STARt]] [<file_spec>] <file_spec> ::= {<internal_loc> | <file_name>} <internal_loc> ::= 0-9; an integer in NR1 format <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE[:SETup[:STARt]] command saves an oscilloscope setup. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".scp". N OTE See Also •...

  • Page 726: Save:waveform[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:WAVeform[:STARt] command saves oscilloscope waveform data to a file. Be sure to set the :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat before saving waveform data. If the format is N OTE NONE, the save waveform command will not succeed.

  • Page 727: Save:waveform:format

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat <format> <format> ::= {ASCiixy | CSV | BINary} The :SAVE:WAVeform:FORMat command sets the waveform data format type: • ASCiixy — creates comma-separated value files for each analog channel that is displayed (turned on). The proper file extension for this format is ".csv". •...

  • Page 728: Save:waveform:length

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth <length> <length> ::= 100 to max. length; an integer in NR1 format When the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX setting is OFF, the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth command sets the waveform data length (that is, the number of points saved). When the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX setting is ON, the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth setting has no effect.

  • Page 729: Save:waveform:length:max

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX <setting> <setting> ::= {{OFF | 0} | {ON | 1}} The :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth:MAX command specifies whether maximum number of waveform data points is saved. When OFF, the :SAVE:WAVeform:LENGth command specifies the number of waveform data points saved.

  • Page 730: Save:waveform:segmented

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented <option> <option> ::= {ALL | CURRent} When segmented memory is used for acquisitions, the :SAVE:WAVeform:SEGMented command specifies which segments are included when the waveform is saved: • ALL — all acquired segments are saved. •...

  • Page 731: Save:wmemory:source

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | WMEMory<r>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format <r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format The :SAVE:WMEMory:SOURce command selects the source to be saved as a reference waveform file.

  • Page 732: Save:wmemory[:Start]

    :SAVE Commands :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] [<file_name>] <file_name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SAVE:WMEMory[:STARt] command saves oscilloscope waveform data to a reference waveform file. If a file extension is provided as part of a specified <file_name>, it must be ".h5". N OTE See Also •...
  • Page 733 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 27 :SBUS<n> Commands Control the modes and parameters for each serial bus decode/trigger type. See: • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 733 • "General :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 735 • ":SBUS<n>:A429 Commands" on page 738 •...
  • Page 734 :SBUS<n> Commands • IIC (Inter-IC bus) triggering— consists of connecting the oscilloscope to the serial data (SDA) line and the serial clock (SCL) line, then triggering on a stop/start condition, a restart, a missing acknowledge, or on a read/write frame with a specific device address and data value.

  • Page 735: General :Sbus Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands General :SBUS<n> Commands Table 102 General :SBUS<n> Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:DISPlay {{0 :SBUS<n>:DISPlay? {0 | 1} page 736) | OFF} | {1 | ON}} (see page 736) (see :SBUS<n>:MODE <mode> :SBUS<n>:MODE? (see <mode> ::= {A429 | CAN | CXPI | page 737) page...

  • Page 736: Sbus:Display

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:DISPlay <display> <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SBUS<n>:DISPlay command turns displaying of the serial decode bus on or off. This command is only valid when a serial decode option has been licensed. N OTE Two I2S buses or two SPI buses cannot be decoded on both SBUS1 and SBUS2 at the same N OTE...

  • Page 737: Sbus:Mode

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MODE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MODE <mode> <mode> ::= {A429 | CAN | CXPI | IIC | LIN | M1553 | MANChester | NRZ | SENT | UART | USBPd} The :SBUS<n>:MODE command determines the decode mode for the serial bus. This command is only valid when a serial decode option has been licensed.

  • Page 738: Sbus:A429 Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands These commands are valid when the MIL-STD-1553 and ARINC 429 triggering and serial N OTE decode license has been enabled. Table 103 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:A429:AUToset page 740) up (see :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE? <base>...
  • Page 739 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 103 :SBUS<n>:A429 Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger <value> ::= 8-bit integer in page 750) :LABel <value> (see :LABel? (see decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or page 750) <string> from 0-255 or "0xXX" (don't care) <hex>...

  • Page 740: Sbus:A429:Autosetup

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:AUTosetup (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:AUTosetup The :SBUS<n>:A429:AUTosetup command automatically sets these options for decoding and triggering on ARINC 429 signals: • High Trigger Threshold: 3.0 V. • Low Trigger Threshold: -3.0 V. • Noise Reject: Off. •...

  • Page 741: Sbus:A429:Base

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:A429:BASE command selects between hexadecimal and binary display of the decoded data. The BASE command has no effect on the SDI and SSM fields, which are always displayed in binary, nor the Label field, which is always displayed in octal.

  • Page 742: Sbus:A429:Baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:BAUDrate (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 10000 to 1000000 When a user-defined baud rate is selected (with the ":SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed USER" command), the :SBUS<n>:A429:BAUDrate command specifies the user-defined baud rate. The baud rate can be set in 100 b/s increments between 10000 and 100000 and in 1000 b/s ingrements between 100000 and 1000000.

  • Page 743: Sbus:A429:Count:error

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor (see page 1368) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor? Returns the error count. Return Format <error_count><NL> <error_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1309 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet" on page 744 • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD" on page 745 •...

  • Page 744: Sbus:A429:Count:reset

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet Resets the word and error counters. Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1309 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD" on page 745 • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor" on page 743 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 733 •...

  • Page 745: Sbus:A429:Count:word

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD (see page 1368) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:WORD? Returns the word count. Return Format <word_count><NL> <word_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1309 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:RESet" on page 744 • ":SBUS<n>:A429:COUNt:ERRor" on page 743 •...

  • Page 746: Sbus:A429:Format

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat <format> <format> ::= {LDSDi | LDSSm | LDATa} The :SBUS<n>:A429:FORMat command specifies the word decode format: • LDSDi: • Label - 8 bits. • SDI - 2 bits. • Data - 19 bits. •...

  • Page 747: Sbus:A429:Signal

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal <signal> <signal> ::= {A | B | DIFFerential} The :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal command specifies the signal type: • A — Line A (non-inverted). • B — Line B (inverted). • DIFFerential — Differential (A-B). Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal? The :SBUS<n>:A429:SIGNal? query returns the current ARINC 429 signal type...

  • Page 748: Sbus:A429:Source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce command sets the source of the ARINC 429 signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce? query returns the currently set source of the ARINC 429 signal.

  • Page 749: Sbus:A429:Speed

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed <speed> <speed> ::= {LOW | HIGH | USER} The :SBUS<n>:A429:SPEed command specifies the signal speed: • LOW — 12.5 kb/s. • HIGH — 100 kb/s. • USER — lets you specify a user-defined baud rate using the :SBUS<n>:A429:BAUDrate command.

  • Page 750: Sbus:A429:Trigger:label

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:LABel (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:LABel <value> <value> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string> from 0-255 or "0xXX" (don't care) <hex> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} <octal> ::= #Qnnn where n ::= {0,..,7} <string>...

  • Page 751: Sbus:A429:Trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X}, length depends on FORMat The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command defines the ARINC 429 data pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the data pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.

  • Page 752: Sbus:A429:Trigger:pattern:sdi

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SDI (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SDI <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X}, length always 2 bits The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SDI command defines the ARINC 429 two-bit SDI pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the SDI pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.

  • Page 753: Sbus:A429:Trigger:pattern:ssm

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SSM (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SSM <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X}, length always 2 bits The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:PATTern:SSM command defines the ARINC 429 two-bit SSM pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the SSM pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.

  • Page 754: Sbus:A429:Trigger:range

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:RANGe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:RANGe <min>,<max> <min> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string> from 0-255 <max> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string> from 0-255 <hex> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} <octal>...

  • Page 755: Sbus:A429:Trigger:type

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:TYPE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger:TYPE <condition> <condition> ::= {WSTArt | WSTOp | LABel | LBITs | PERRor | WERRor | GERRor | WGERrors | ALLerrors | LRANge | ABITs | AOBits | AZBits} The :SBUS<n>:A429:TRIGger command sets the ARINC 429 trigger on condition: •...
  • Page 756 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:A429:SOURce" on page 748 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 757: Sbus:Can Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands These commands are valid when the CAN and LIN serial decode license has been enabled. N OTE Table 104 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ER <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 page 760) Ror? (see format :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OV...
  • Page 758 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 104 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce? <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 773) <source> (see (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 773) in NR1 format :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger? <condition> ::= {SOF | EOF | page 775) <condition>...
  • Page 759 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 104 :SBUS<n>:CAN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <name> ::= quoted ASCII string SYMBolic:SIGNal SYMBolic:SIGNal? (see page 785) page 785) <name> (see :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger: <data> ::= value in NR3 format SYMBolic:VALue <data> SYMBolic:VALue? (see page 786)

  • Page 760: Sbus:Can:count:error

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor (see page 1368) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor? Returns the error frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1309 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 762 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 733 •...

  • Page 761: Sbus:Can:count:overload

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload (see page 1368) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload? Returns the overload frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= 0 in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1309 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 762 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 733 •...

  • Page 762: Sbus:Can:count:reset

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet Resets the frame counters. Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1309 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:ERRor" on page 760 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:OVERload" on page 761 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal" on page 764 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization" on page 765 •...

  • Page 763: Sbus:Can:count:spec

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:SPEC (see page 1368) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:SPEC? Returns the Spec error (Ack + Form + Stuff + CRC errors) count. Return Format <spec_error_count><NL> <spec_error_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1309 See Also •...

  • Page 764: Sbus:Can:count:total

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal (see page 1368) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:TOTal? Returns the total frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1309 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 762 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 733 •...

  • Page 765: Sbus:Can:count:utilization

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization (see page 1368) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:UTILization? Returns the percent utilization. Return Format <percent><NL> <percent> ::= floating-point in NR3 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1309 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:COUNt:RESet" on page 762 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n> Commands" on page 733 •...

  • Page 766: Sbus:Can:display

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay <type> <type> ::= {HEXadecimal | SYMBolic} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay command specifies, when CAN symbolic data is loaded into the oscilloscope, whether symbolic values (from the DBC file) or hexadecimal values are displayed in the decode waveform and the Lister window. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:DISPlay? query returns the CAN decode display type.

  • Page 767: Sbus:Can:fdspoint

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSPoint (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSPoint <value> <value> ::= even numbered percentages from 30 to 90 in NR3 format. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSPoint command sets the point during the bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive. The sample point represents the percentage of time between the beginning of the bit time to the end of the bit time.

  • Page 768: Sbus:Can:fdstandard

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard <std> <std> ::= {ISO | NISO} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard command lets you pick the standard that will be used when decoding or triggering on FD frames, ISO, or non-ISO. This setting has no effect on the processing of non-FD (classical) frames. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:FDSTandard? query returns the selected CAN FD frame...

  • Page 769: Sbus:Can:samplepoint

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint <percent> <percent><NL> <percent> ::= 30.0 to 90.0 in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SAMPlepoint command sets the point during the bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive.

  • Page 770: Sbus:Can:signal:baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 10000 to 4000000 in 100 b/s increments, or 5000000 The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:BAUDrate command sets the standard baud rate of the CAN signal from 10 kb/s to 4 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.

  • Page 771: Sbus:Can:signal:definition

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition <value> <value> ::= {CANH | CANL | RX | TX | DIFFerential | DIFL | DIFH} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition command sets the CAN signal type when :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger is set to SOF (start of frame). These signals can be set to: Dominant high signals: •...

  • Page 772: Sbus:Can:signal:fdbaudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:FDBaudrate (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:FDBaudrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 10000 to 10000000 in 100 b/s increments. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:FDBaudrate command sets the CAN FD baud rate from 10 kb/s to 10 Mb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.

  • Page 773: Sbus:Can:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce command sets the source for the CAN signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce? query returns the current source for the CAN signal. Return Format <source><NL>...

  • Page 774: Sbus:Can:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger <condition> <condition> ::= {SOF | EOF | IDData | DATA | FDData | IDRemote | IDEither | ERRor | ACKerror | FORMerror | STUFferror | CRCerror | SPECerror | ALLerrors | BRSBit | CRCDbit | EBActive | EBPassive | OVERload | MESSage | MSIGnal | FDMSignal} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger command sets the CAN trigger on condition: Condition...
  • Page 775 :SBUS<n> Commands Condition Front-panel name Description Filter by CRCerror CRC Field Error Triggers when the calculated CRC does not match the transmitted CRC. In addition, for FD frames, will also trigger if the Stuff Count is in error. SPECerror Spec Error (Ack or Form Triggers on Ack, Form, Stuff, or CRC errors.
  • Page 776 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:MODE" on page 737 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA" on page 778 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 780 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID" on page 782 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE" on page 783 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter" on page 777 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SIGNal:DEFinition" on page 771 • ":SBUS<n>:CAN:SOURce" on page 773 •...

  • Page 777: Sbus:Can:trigger:idfilter

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter command specifies, in certain error and bit trigger modes, whether triggers are filtered by CAN IDs. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:IDFilter? query returns the CAN trigger ID filter setting.

  • Page 778: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command defines the CAN data pattern resource according to the string parameter.

  • Page 779: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:data:dlc

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:DLC (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:DLC <dlc> <dlc> ::= integer between -1 (don't care) and 64, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:DLC command specifies the DLC value to be used in the CAN FD data trigger mode. A specific valid FD value can be specified, or -1 can be specified to indicate "don't care".

  • Page 780: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:data:length

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command sets the number of 8-bit bytes in the CAN data string. The number of bytes in the string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes (64 bits).

  • Page 781: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:data:start

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt <start> <start> ::= integer between 0 and 63, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt command specifies the starting byte position for CAN FD data triggers. CAN FD frames can have up to 64 bytes of data. You can trigger on up to 8 bytes of data.

  • Page 782: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:id

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID command defines the CAN identifier pattern resource according to the string parameter.

  • Page 783: Sbus:Can:trigger:pattern:id:mode

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE <value> <value> ::= {STANdard | EXTended} The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID:MODE command sets the CAN identifier mode. STANdard selects the standard 11-bit identifier. EXTended selects the extended 29-bit identifier. The CAN identifier is set by the :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:PATTern:ID command.

  • Page 784: Sbus:Can:trigger:symbolic:message

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage command specifies the message to trigger on when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN trigger mode is set to MESSage or MSIGnal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:MESSage? query returns the specified...

  • Page 785: Sbus:Can:trigger:symbolic:signal

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal command specifies the signal to trigger on when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN trigger mode is set to MSIGnal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal? The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal? query returns the specified signal.

  • Page 786: Sbus:Can:trigger:symbolic:value

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue <data> <data> ::= value in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:CAN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue command specifies the signal value to trigger on when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN trigger mode is set to MSIGnal. Encoded signal values are not supported in the remote interface (even though they can be N OTE used in the front panel graphical interface).

  • Page 787: Sbus:Cxpi Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI Commands These commands are valid when the CXPI (Clock Extension Peripheral Interface) serial decode N OTE and triggering option has been licensed. Table 105 :SBUS<n>:CXPI Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CXPI:BAUDrat :SBUS<n>:CXPI:BAUDrat <baudrate> ::= integer from 9600 page 789) e <baudrate>...
  • Page 788 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 105 :SBUS<n>:CXPI Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger <start> ::= integer between 0 and :PATTern:DATA:STARt :PATTern:DATA:STARt? 124, in NR1 format. page 799) page 799) <start> (see (see :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= :PATTern:ID <string>...

  • Page 789: Sbus:Cxpi:baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:BAUDrate (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 9600 to 40000 in 100 b/s increments. The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:BAUDrate command specifies the baud rate of the CXPI signal from your device under test. The CXPI baud rate can be set from 9600 b/s to 40000 b/s in 100 b/s increments. You must set the baud rate to match your device under test.

  • Page 790: Sbus:Cxpi:parity

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:PARity (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:PARity {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:PARity command specifies whether the parity bit should be displayed in the identifier field. When OFF, the upper bit is masked. The parity is still checked, but it is not displayed unless a parity error occurs.

  • Page 791: Sbus:Cxpi:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:SOURce command selects the oscilloscope channel connected to the CXPI signal line. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:SOURce? query returns the selected oscilloscope channel source.

  • Page 792: Sbus:Cxpi:tolerance

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance <percent> <percent> ::= from 1-30, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance command specifies the tolerance as a percentage of the Tbit width. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance? The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TOLerance? query returns the tolerance setting. Return Format <percent><NL>...

  • Page 793: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger <mode> <mode> ::= {SOF | EOF | PTYPe | ID | DATA | LDATa | CRCerror | PARityerror | IBSerror | IFSerror | FRAMingerror | DLENgtherror | SAMPleerror | ALLerrors | SLEepframe | WAKeuppulse} The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger command selects the CXPI trigger type: •...
  • Page 794 :SBUS<n> Commands • DLENgtherror — (Data Length Error) triggers when there are more data bytes in a frame than is indicated by the DLC or Extended DLC field. You can optionally filter by Frame ID and PTYPE as in the Frame ID trigger. •...

  • Page 795: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:idfilter

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} When triggering on CRC Field Errors, Inter-Byte Space Errors, Framing Errors, or Data Length Errors, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter command lets you enable/disable modification of the trigger so that it occurs only for a specified ID. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter? The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:IDFilter? query returns the ID filter setting.

  • Page 796: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:ptype

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} For the trigger types that let you trigger on data, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe command specifies whether you want to trigger when the special PTYPE byte is present (ON) or not present (OFF). Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe? The :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PTYPe? query returns the PTYPE trigger setting.

  • Page 797: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} For the trigger types that let you trigger on data, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command lets you specify the data value.

  • Page 798: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:data:length

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= integer between 0 and 12, in NR1 format. For the trigger types that let you trigger on data, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command specifies the length of the data to trigger on, from 0 to 12 bytes, limited by the data length code (DLC) setting of the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:DLC command.

  • Page 799: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:data:start

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:STARt <start> <start> ::= integer between 0 and 124, in NR1 format. When triggering on long frames (with the LDATa trigger type) that can have up to 255 data bytes, the maximum number of data bytes you can include in the trigger specification is still only 12 bytes.

  • Page 800: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:id

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:ID (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:ID <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} For the trigger types that let you specify frame ID values in the trigger or allow filtering by the frame ID, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:ID command lets you specify the frame ID value.

  • Page 801: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:info:ct

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:CT (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:CT <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} The command ... For the trigger types that let you trigger on data, as well as frame ID and frame information bits, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:CT command lets you specify the Count (CT) value of the CXPI frame you wish to trigger on.

  • Page 802: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:info:dlc

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:DLC (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:DLC <dlc> <dlc> ::= integer between -1 (don't care) and 15, in NR1 format, when trigger is in DATA mode. <dlc> ::= integer between -1 (don't care) and 255, in NR1 format, when trigger is in LDATa mode.

  • Page 803: Sbus:Cxpi:trigger:pattern:info:nm

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:NM (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:NM <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} For the trigger types that let you trigger on data, as well as frame ID and frame information bits, the :SBUS<n>:CXPI:TRIGger:PATTern:INFO:NM command lets you specify the Network Management (NM) value of the CXPI frame you wish to trigger on.

  • Page 804: Sbus:Iic Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands These commands are valid when the low-speed IIC and SPI serial decode option has been N OTE licensed. Table 106 :SBUS<n>:IIC Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe? <size> ::= {BIT7 | BIT8} page 805) page...

  • Page 805: Sbus:Iic:asize

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe <size> <size> ::= {BIT7 | BIT8} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe command determines whether the Read/Write bit is included as the LSB in the display of the IIC address field of the decode bus. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe? The :SBUS<n>:IIC:ASIZe? query returns the current IIC address width setting.

  • Page 806: Sbus:Iic[:Source]:Clock

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk command sets the source for the IIC serial clock (SCL). Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk? The :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:CLOCk? query returns the current source for the IIC serial clock.

  • Page 807: Sbus:Iic[:Source]:Data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA command sets the source for IIC serial data (SDA). Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA? The :SBUS<n>:IIC[:SOURce]:DATA? query returns the current source for IIC serial data.

  • Page 808: Sbus:Iic:trigger:pattern:address

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess command sets the address for IIC data.The address can range from 0x00 to 0x7F (7-bit) or 0x3FF (10-bit) hexadecimal.

  • Page 809: Sbus:Iic:trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command sets IIC data. The data value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF (hexadecimal). Use the don't care data pattern (-1 or 0xFFFFFFFF) to ignore the data value.

  • Page 810: Sbus:Iic:trigger:pattern:data2

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2 command sets IIC data 2. The data value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF (hexadecimal). Use the don't care data pattern (-1 or 0xFFFFFFFF) to ignore the data value.

  • Page 811: Sbus:Iic:trigger:qualifier

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier <value> <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier command sets the IIC data qualifier when TRIGger:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] is set to READEprom. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier? The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier? query returns the current IIC data qualifier value.

  • Page 812: Sbus:Iic:trigger[:Type]

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] <value> <value> ::= {STARt | STOP | RESTart | ADDRess | ANACk | DNACk | NACKnowledge | READEprom | READ7 | WRITe7 | R7Data2 | W7Data2 | WRITe10} The :SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger[:TYPE] command sets the IIC trigger type: •...
  • Page 813 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":TRIGger:MODE" on page 1076 • ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:ADDRess" on page 808 • ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA" on page 809 • ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:PATTern:DATa2" on page 810 • ":SBUS<n>:IIC:TRIGger:QUALifier" on page 811 • "Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules" on page 1370 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 814: Sbus:Lin Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands These commands are valid when the CAN and LIN serial decode license has been enabled. N OTE Table 107 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay? <type> ::= {HEXadecimal | page 816) page 816) <type>...
  • Page 815 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 107 :SBUS<n>:LIN Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger: <string> ::= "n" where n ::= PATTern:DATA <string> PATTern:DATA? (see 32-bit integer in unsigned page 826) page 826) (see decimal when <base> = DECimal <string>...

  • Page 816: Sbus:Lin:display

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay <type> <type> ::= {HEXadecimal | SYMBolic} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay command specifies, when LIN symbolic data is loaded into the oscilloscope, whether symbolic values (from the LDF file) or hexadecimal values are displayed in the decode waveform and the Lister window. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay? The :SBUS<n>:LIN:DISPlay? query returns the LIN decode display type.

  • Page 817: Sbus:Lin:parity

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity <display> <display> ::= {{1 | ON} | {0 | OFF}} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:PARity command determines whether the parity bits are included as the most significant bits (MSB) in the display of the Frame Id field in the LIN decode bus.

  • Page 818: Sbus:Lin:samplepoint

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint <value> <value><NL> <value> ::= {60 | 62.5 | 68 | 70 | 75 | 80 | 87.5} in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SAMPlepoint command sets the point during the bit time where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive.

  • Page 819: Sbus:Lin:signal:baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 2400 to 625000 in 100 b/s increments The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SIGNal:BAUDrate command sets the standard baud rate of the LIN signal from 2400 b/s to 625 kb/s in 100 b/s increments. If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b/s, the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b/s.

  • Page 820: Sbus:Lin:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce command sets the source for the LIN signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SOURce? query returns the current source for the LIN signal. Return Format <source><NL>...

  • Page 821: Sbus:Lin:standard

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard <std> <std> ::= {LIN13 | LIN13NLC | LIN20} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:STANdard command sets the LIN standard in effect for triggering and decoding: • LIN13 — LIN 1.3. • LIN13NLC — LIN 1.3 (no length control). Select this for systems where length control is not used and all nodes have knowledge of the data packet size.

  • Page 822: Sbus:Lin:syncbreak

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak <value> <value> ::= integer = {11 | 12 | 13} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:SYNCbreak command sets the length of the LIN sync break to be greater than or equal to 11, 12, or 13 clock lengths. The sync break is the idle period in the bus activity at the beginning of each packet that distinguishes one information packet from the previous one.

  • Page 823: Sbus:Lin:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger <condition> <condition> ::= {SYNCbreak | ID | DATA | PARityerror | CSUMerror | FRAMe | FSIGnal} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger command sets the LIN trigger condition to be: • SYNCbreak — Sync Break. •...
  • Page 824 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue" on page 832 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 825: Sbus:Lin:trigger:id

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:ID <value> <value> ::= 7-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary <string>...

  • Page 826: Sbus:Lin:trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "n" where n ::= 32-bit integer in unsigned decimal when <base> = DECimal <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} when <base> = BINary <string>...
  • Page 827 :SBUS<n> Commands See Also • "Introduction to :TRIGger Commands" on page 1063 • ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat" on page 829 • ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger" on page 823 • ":SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth" on page 828 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 828: Sbus:Lin:trigger:pattern:data:length

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command sets the number of 8-bit bytes in the LIN data string. The number of bytes in the string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes (64 bits).

  • Page 829: Sbus:Lin:trigger:pattern:format

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX | DECimal} The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat command sets the entry (and query) number base used by the :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command. The default <base> is BINary. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:PATTern:FORMat? query returns the currently set number base for LIN pattern data.

  • Page 830: Sbus:Lin:trigger:symbolic:frame

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe command specifies the message to trigger on when LIN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the LIN trigger mode is set to FRAMe or FSIGnal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe? The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:FRAMe? query returns the specified...

  • Page 831: Sbus:Lin:trigger:symbolic:signal

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal command specifies the signal to trigger on when LIN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the LIN trigger mode is set to FSIGnal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal? The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:SIGNal? query returns the specified signal.

  • Page 832: Sbus:Lin:trigger:symbolic:value

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue <data> <data> ::= value in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:LIN:TRIGger:SYMBolic:VALue command specifies the signal value to trigger on when LIN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the LIN trigger mode is set to FSIGnal. Encoded signal values are not supported in the remote interface (even though they can be N OTE used in the front panel graphical interface).

  • Page 833: Sbus:M1553 Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553 Commands These commands are valid when the MIL-STD-1553 and ARINC 429 triggering and serial N OTE decode license has been enabled. Table 108 :SBUS<n>:M1553 Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:M1553:AUTose page 834) tup (see :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE? <base>...

  • Page 834: Sbus:M1553:Autosetup

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:AUTosetup (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:AUTosetup The :SBUS<n>:M1553:AUTosetup command automatically sets these options for decoding and triggering on MIL-STD-1553 signals: • High/Low Trigger Thresholds: to a voltage value equal to ±1/3 division based on the source channel's current V/div setting. •...

  • Page 835: Sbus:M1553:Base

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE <base> <base> ::= {BINary | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE command determines the base to use for the MIL-STD-1553 decode display. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE? The :SBUS<n>:M1553:BASE? query returns the current MIL-STD-1553 display decode base. Return Format <base><NL>...

  • Page 836: Sbus:M1553:Source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:M1553:SOURce command sets the source of the MIL-STD 1553 signal. Use the :TRIGger:LEVel:HIGH and :TRIGger:LEVel:LOW commands to set the threshold levels for the selected source.

  • Page 837: Sbus:M1553:Trigger:pattern:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:PATTern:DATA command sets the 11 bits to trigger on if the trigger type has been set to RTA11 (RTA + 11 Bits) using the :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE command.

  • Page 838: Sbus:M1553:Trigger:rta

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:RTA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:RTA <value> <value> ::= 5-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> from 0-31 <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9|A,..,F} <string> ::= "0xnn" where n::= {0,..,9|A,..,F} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:RTA command sets the Remote Terminal Address (RTA) to trigger on when the trigger type has been set to RTA or RTA11 (using the :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE command).

  • Page 839: Sbus:M1553:Trigger:type

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE <type> <type> ::= {DSTArt | DSTOp | CSTArt | CSTOp | RTA | PERRor | SERRor | MERRor | RTA11} The :SBUS<n>:M1553:TRIGger:TYPE command specifies the type of MIL-STD-1553 trigger to be used: •...

  • Page 840: Sbus:Manchester Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester Commands These commands are valid when the automotive MANChester serial decode and triggering N OTE option has been licensed. Table 109 :SBUS<n>:MANChester Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:MANChester:B :SBUS<n>:MANChester:B <base> ::= {HEX | DECimal | page 842) ASE <base>...
  • Page 841 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 109 :SBUS<n>:MANChester Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:MANChester:T :SBUS<n>:MANChester:T <percent> ::= from 1-30, in NR1 OLerance <percent> OLerance? (see format page 853) page 853) (see :SBUS<n>:MANChester:T :SBUS<n>:MANChester:T <mode> ::= {SOF | VALue | MERRor} page 854) RIGger <mode>...

  • Page 842: Sbus:Manchester:base

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:BASE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:BASE <base> <base> ::= {HEX | DECimal | ASCii | BINary} When the display format is WORD (see :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:MANChester:BASE command specifies the base for the Manchester bus decode and Lister display. •...

  • Page 843: Sbus:Manchester:baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:BAUDrate (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 500 to 5000000 in 100 b/s increments The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:BAUDrate command specifies the baud rate of the Manchester signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:BAUDrate? The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:BAUDrate? query returns the specified baud rate. Return Format <baudrate><NL>...

  • Page 844: Sbus:Manchester:bitorder

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:BITorder (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:BITorder <bitorder> <bitorder> ::= {MSBFirst | LSBFirst} When the display format is WORD (see :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:MANChester:BITorder command specifies the order of transmission on the Manchester bus: • MSBFirst — specifies the most significant bit is transmitted first. •...

  • Page 845: Sbus:Manchester:display

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay <format> <format> ::= {BIT | WORD} The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay command specifies the format of the Manchester bus display. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay? The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay? query returns the bus display format setting. Return Format <format><NL>...

  • Page 846: Sbus:Manchester:dsize

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DSIZe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DSIZe {AUTO | <#words>} <#words> ::= from 1-255, in NR1 format When the display format is WORD (see :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DSIZe command specifies the number of words in the data field of your Manchester protocol definition. AUTO is available as a selection only when the trailer field size is 0 (see :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe).

  • Page 847: Sbus:Manchester:hsize

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:HSIZe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:HSIZe <#bits> <#bits> ::= from 0-32, in NR1 format When the display format is WORD (see :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:MANChester:HSIZe command specifies the number of bits in the header field of your Manchester protocol definition. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:HSIZe? The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:HSIZe? query returns the number of header field bits...

  • Page 848: Sbus:Manchester:idle:bits

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:IDLE:BITS (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:IDLE:BITS <#bits> <#bits> ::= minimum idle time, from 1.50 to 32.00 in 0.25 increments, in NR3 format. The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:IDLE:BITS command specifies the minimum idle time or inter-frame gap time in terms of the number of bits. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:IDLE:BITS? The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:IDLE:BITS? query returns the specified idle time in...

  • Page 849: Sbus:Manchester:logic

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:LOGic (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:LOGic <logic> <logic> ::= {FALLing | RISing} The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:LOGic command specifies the polarity of the Manchester signal: • FALLing — specifies that a falling edge is used to encode a bit value of logic 1 (and a rising edge encodes a bit value of logic 0).

  • Page 850: Sbus:Manchester:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce command selects the oscilloscope channel connected to the Manchester signal line. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce? query returns the selected oscilloscope channel source.

  • Page 851: Sbus:Manchester:ssize

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:SSIZe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:SSIZe <#bits> <#bits> ::= from 0-255, in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:SSIZe command specifies the number of sync bits for the Manchester signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:SSIZe? The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:SSIZe? query returns the number of sync bits setting. Return Format <#bits><NL>...

  • Page 852: Sbus:Manchester:start

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:STARt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:STARt <edge#> <edge#> ::= from 1-256, in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:STARt command specifies the starting edge of the Manchester signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:STARt? The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:STARt? query returns the starting edge number setting. Return Format <edge#><NL>...

  • Page 853: Sbus:Manchester:tolerance

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TOLerance (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TOLerance <percent> <percent> ::= from 5-30, in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TOLerance command specifies the tolerance for the Manchester signal in terms of the percentage of the bit period. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TOLerance? The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TOLerance? query returns the tolerance setting. Return Format <percent><NL>...

  • Page 854: Sbus:Manchester:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TRIGger (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TRIGger <mode> <mode> ::= {SOF | VALue | MERRor} The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TRIGger command specifies the trigger mode: • SOF (Start Of Frame) — triggers at the start of a Manchester frame, after the starting edge.

  • Page 855: Sbus:Manchester:trigger:pattern:value:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} When the VALue trigger mode is selected (:SBUS<n>:MANChester:TRIGger), the :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:DATA command specifies the value to trigger on.

  • Page 856: Sbus:Manchester:trigger:pattern:value:width

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:WIDTh (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:WIDTh <width> <width> ::= integer from 4 to 128 in NR1 format When the VALue trigger mode is selected (:SBUS<n>:MANChester:TRIGger), the :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:WIDTh command specifies the bit width (length) of the value to trigger on. The actual value to trigger on is set with the :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:DATA command.

  • Page 857: Sbus:Manchester:tsize

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe <#bits> <#bits> ::= from 0-32, in NR1 format When the display format is WORD (see :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe command specifies the number of bits in the trailer field of your Manchester protocol definition. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe? The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe? query returns the number of trailer field bits...

  • Page 858: Sbus:Manchester:wsize

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:MANChester:WSIZe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:WSIZe <#bits> <#bits> ::= from 2-32, in NR1 format When the display format is WORD (see :SBUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:MANChester:WSIZe command the number of bits per word in the data field of your Manchester protocol definition. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:MANChester:WSIZe? The :SBUS<n>:MANChester:WSIZe? query returns the number of bits per word...

  • Page 859: Sbus:Nrz Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ Commands These commands are valid when the automotive NRZ serial decode and triggering option has N OTE been licensed. Table 110 :SBUS<n>:NRZ Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BASE :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BASE? <base> ::= {HEX | DECimal | page 861) page...
  • Page 860 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 110 :SBUS<n>:NRZ Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger: :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger: <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= PATTern:VALue:DATA PATTern:VALue:DATA? {0 | 1 | X | $} page 874) <string> (see (see <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n page 874) ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $}...

  • Page 861: Sbus:Nrz:base

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BASE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BASE <base> <base> ::= {HEX | DECimal | ASCii | BINary} When the display format is WORD (see :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BASE command specifies the base for the NRZ bus decode and Lister display. •...

  • Page 862: Sbus:Nrz:baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BAUDrate (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 5000 to 5000000 in 100 b/s increments The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BAUDrate command specifies the baud rate of the NRZ signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BAUDrate? The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BAUDrate? query returns the specified baud rate. Return Format <baudrate><NL>...

  • Page 863: Sbus:Nrz:bitorder

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BITorder (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BITorder <bitorder> <bitorder> ::= {MSBFirst | LSBFirst} When the display format is WORD (see :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:NRZ:BITorder command specifies the order of transmission on the NRZ bus: • MSBFirst — specifies the most significant bit is transmitted first. •...

  • Page 864: Sbus:Nrz:display

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DISPlay <format> <format> ::= {BIT | WORD} The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DISPlay command specifies the format of the NRZ bus display. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DISPlay? The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DISPlay? query returns the bus display format setting. Return Format <format><NL>...

  • Page 865: Sbus:Nrz:dsize

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DSIZe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DSIZe <#words> <#words> ::= from 1-255, in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DSIZe command ... When the display format is WORD (see :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DSIZe command specifies the number of words in the data field of your NRZ protocol definition.

  • Page 866: Sbus:Nrz:fsize

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:FSIZe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:FSIZe <#bits> <#bits> ::= from 2-255, in NR1 format When the NRZ bus display format (:SBUS<n>:NRZ:DISPlay) is BIT, the :SBUS<n>:NRZ:FSIZe command lets you specify the total frame size of the NRZ signal from 2 to 255 bits. This would be equivalent to the sum of the number of bits in the header, data, and trailer fields in WORD format.

  • Page 867: Sbus:Nrz:hsize

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:HSIZe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:HSIZe <#bits> <#bits> ::= from 0-32, in NR1 format When the display format is WORD (see :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:NRZ:HSIZe command specifies the number of bits in the header field of your NRZ protocol definition. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:HSIZe? The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:HSIZe? query returns the number of header field bits setting.

  • Page 868: Sbus:Nrz:idle:bits

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:IDLE:BITS (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:IDLE:BITS <#bits> <#bits> ::= minimum idle time, from 1.50 to 32.00 in 0.25 increments, in NR3 format. The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:IDLE:BITS command specifies the minimum idle time or inter-frame gap time in terms of the number of bits. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:IDLE:BITS? The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:IDLE:BITS? query returns the specified idle time in terms of the...

  • Page 869: Sbus:Nrz:idle:state

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:IDLE:STATe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:IDLE:STATe <state> <state> ::= {LOW | HIGH} The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:IDLE:STATe command specifies the idle state of the NRZ signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:IDLE:STATe? The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:IDLE:STATe? query returns the idle state setting. Return Format <state><NL> <state>...

  • Page 870: Sbus:Nrz:logic

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:LOGic (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:LOGic <logic> <logic> ::= {HIGH | LOW} The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:LOGic command specifies the polarity of the NRZ signal: • HIGH — specifies that a positive voltage is used to encode a bit value of logic 1 (and a negative voltage encodes a bit value of logic 0).

  • Page 871: Sbus:Nrz:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:SOURce command selects the oscilloscope channel connected to the NRZ signal Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:SOURce? query returns the selected oscilloscope channel source.

  • Page 872: Sbus:Nrz:start

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:STARt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:STARt <#bits> <#bits> ::= from 0-255, in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:STARt command specifies the number of start bits for the NRZ signal. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:STARt? The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:STARt? query returns the number of start bits setting. Return Format <#bits><NL>...

  • Page 873: Sbus:Nrz:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger <mode> <mode> ::= {SOF | VALue} The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger command specifies the trigger mode: • SOF (Start Of Frame) — triggers at the start of a NRZ frame, before the header field. •...

  • Page 874: Sbus:Nrz:trigger:pattern:value:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X | $} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} When the VALue trigger mode is selected (:SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger), the :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:DATA command specifies the value to trigger on.

  • Page 875: Sbus:Nrz:trigger:pattern:value:width

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:WIDTh (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:WIDTh <width> <width> ::= integer from 4 to 128 in NR1 format When the VALue trigger mode is selected (:SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger), the :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:WIDTh command specifies the bit width (length) of the value to trigger on. The actual value to trigger on is set with the :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TRIGger:PATTern:VALue:DATA command.

  • Page 876: Sbus:Nrz:tsize

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TSIZe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TSIZe <#bits> <#bits> ::= from 0-32, in NR1 format When the display format is WORD (see :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TSIZe command specifies the number of bits in the trailer field of your NRZ protocol definition. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TSIZe? The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:TSIZe? query returns the number of trailer field bits setting.

  • Page 877: Sbus:Nrz:wsize

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:NRZ:WSIZe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:WSIZe <#bits> <#bits> ::= from 2-32, in NR1 format When the display format is WORD (see :SBUS<n>:NRZ:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:NRZ:WSIZe command specifies the number of bits per word in the data field of your NRZ protocol definition. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:NRZ:WSIZe? The :SBUS<n>:NRZ:WSIZe? query returns the number of bits per word setting.

  • Page 878: Sbus:Sent Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands These commands are valid when the automotive SENT serial decode and triggering option has N OTE been licensed. Table 111 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk? <period> ::= the nominal clock page 880) <period>...
  • Page 879 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 111 :SBUS<n>:SENT Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. s>:ORDer <order> (see s>:ORDer? (see <order> ::= {MSNFirst | LSNFirst} page 897) page 897) :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal< <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. s>:STARt <position>...

  • Page 880: Sbus:Sent:clock

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk <period> <period> ::= the nominal clock period (tick), from 500 ns to 300 us, in NR3 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk command specifies the nominal clock period (tick), from 500 ns to 300 μs. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk? query returns the clock period setting.

  • Page 881: Sbus:Sent:crc

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:CRC (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:CRC <format> <format> ::= {LEGacy | RECommended} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:CRC command specifies the format of the CRC. Either Legacy (2008) or Recommended (2010). Enhanced Serial Message CRCs are always calculated using the 2010 format, but for the Fast Channel Messages, and for Short Serial Message CRCs, this setting is used.

  • Page 882: Sbus:Sent:display

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay <base> <base> ::= {HEX | DECimal | SYMBolic} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay command specifies the number base used by the decoder. The chosen base is used for the data nibbles in Raw decode format, the defined Signals in the other formats, and for the data field of the Serial Messages.
  • Page 883 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA" on page 906 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID" on page 908 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth" on page 910 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance" on page 911 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 884: Sbus:Sent:format

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:FORMat (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:FORMat <decode> <decode> ::= {NIBBles | FSIGnal | FSSerial | FESerial | SSERial | ESERia The :SBUS<n>:SENT:FORMat command specifies the message decode/triggering format: • NIBBles — displays the raw transmitted nibble values. •...
  • Page 885 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth" on page 887 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse" on page 888 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay" on page 890 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth" on page 891 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier" on page 893 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet" on page 895 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer" on page 897 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt" on page 899 •...

  • Page 886: Sbus:Sent:idle

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE <state> <state> ::= {LOW | HIGH} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE command specifies the idle state of the SENT bus. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE? query returns the idle state setting. Return Format <state><NL> <state>...

  • Page 887: Sbus:Sent:length

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth <#_nibbles> <#_nibbles> ::= from 1-6, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth command specifies the number of nibbles in a SENT message, from 1 to 6. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth? query returns the number of nibbles setting. Return Format <#_nibbles><NL>...

  • Page 888: Sbus:Sent:ppulse

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON} | SPC} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse command specifies whether there is a pause pulse between Fast Channel Messages: • OFF — There is no pause pulse between Fast Channel Messages. Note that a SENT serial bus with no pause pulse is never idle.
  • Page 889 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance" on page 902 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger" on page 903 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA" on page 905 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA" on page 906 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID" on page 908 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth" on page 910 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance" on page 911 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 890: Sbus:Sent:signal:Display

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay command specifies whether the given signal is on or off. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay? query returns the signal on/off setting. Return Format <setting><NL>...

  • Page 891: Sbus:Sent:signal:Length

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth <length> <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. <length> ::= from 1-24, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth command specifies the bit length of the signal being defined. Fast Signal definition examples: Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth? query returns the signal bit length setting.
  • Page 892 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer" on page 897 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt" on page 899 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce" on page 901 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance" on page 902 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger" on page 903 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA" on page 905 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA" on page 906 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID" on page 908 •...

  • Page 893: Sbus:Sent:signal:Multiplier

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier <multiplier> <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. <multiplier> ::= from 1-24, in NR3 format. When the display mode setting is SYMBolic (see :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier command specifies the multiplier to be used in calculating a physical value displayed for a Fast Channel Signal.
  • Page 894 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance" on page 911 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 895: Sbus:Sent:signal:Offset

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet <offset> <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. <offset> ::= from 1-24, in NR3 format. When the display mode setting is SYMBolic (see :SBUS<n>:SENT:DISPlay), the :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet command is used in calculating a physical value displayed for the Fast Channel Signal: •...
  • Page 896 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance" on page 911 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 897: Sbus:Sent:signal:Order

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer <order> <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. <order> ::= {MSNFirst | LSNFirst} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer command specifies the nibble order of the signal being defined, either Most Significant Nibble first, or Least Significant Nibble first.
  • Page 898 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet" on page 895 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt" on page 899 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce" on page 901 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance" on page 902 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger" on page 903 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA" on page 905 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA" on page 906 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID" on page 908 •...

  • Page 899: Sbus:Sent:signal:Start

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt <position> <s> ::= 1-6, in NR1 format. <position> ::= from 0-23, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt command specifies the starting bit of the Fast Signal being defined. Fast Signal definition examples: Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:STARt? query returns the Fast Signal starting bit...
  • Page 900 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet" on page 895 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer" on page 897 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce" on page 901 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance" on page 902 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger" on page 903 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA" on page 905 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA" on page 906 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID" on page 908 •...

  • Page 901: Sbus:Sent:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce command specifies the input channel for SENT decode and triggering. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:SOURce? query returns the specified SENT input source. Return Format <source><NL>...

  • Page 902: Sbus:Sent:tolerance

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance <percent> <percent> ::= from 3-30, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance command specifies the tolerance for determining whether the sync pulse is valid. Valid values range from 3% to 30%. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance? query returns the tolerance setting.

  • Page 903: Sbus:Sent:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger <mode> <mode> ::= {SFCMessage | SSCMessage | FCData | SCMid | SCData | TOLerror | FCCerror | SCCerror | CRCerror | PPERror | SSPerror} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger command specifies the SENT trigger mode: •...
  • Page 904 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:IDLE" on page 886 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:LENGth" on page 887 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:PPULse" on page 888 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:DISPlay" on page 890 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:LENGth" on page 891 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:MULTiplier" on page 893 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:OFFSet" on page 895 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:SIGNal<s>:ORDer" on page 897 •...

  • Page 905: Sbus:Sent:trigger:fast:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nnnn..." where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string> ::= "0xn..." where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X | $} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:FAST:DATA command specifies the status and data nibbles that will be triggered on when the FCData trigger mode is chosen.

  • Page 906: Sbus:Sent:trigger:slow:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA <data> <data> ::= when ILENgth = SHORt, from -1 (don't care) to 65535, in NR1 f ormat. <data> ::= when ILENgth = LONG, from -1 (don't care) to 4095, in NR1 for mat.
  • Page 907 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth" on page 910 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance" on page 911 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 908: Sbus:Sent:trigger:slow:id

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID <id> <id> ::= when ILENgth = SHORt, from -1 (don't care) to 15, in NR1 format <id> ::= when ILENgth = LONG, from -1 (don't care) to 255, in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ID command specifies the ID to trigger on for the "Slow Channel Message ID"...
  • Page 909 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:DATA" on page 906 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth" on page 910 • ":SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance" on page 911 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 910: Sbus:Sent:trigger:slow:ilength

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth <length> <length> ::= {SHORt | LONG} The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth command specifies the ID and data lengths for the Slow Message Enhanced messages. Either "SHORt" for the 4-bit ID, 16-bit data format, or "LONG" for the 8-bit ID, 12-bit data format. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth? The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:SLOW:ILENgth? query returns the ID and data...

  • Page 911: Sbus:Sent:trigger:tolerance

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance <percent> <percent> ::= from 1-28, in NR1 format. The :SBUS<n>:SENT:TRIGger:TOLerance command specifies the tolerance variation that is considered a violation. The trigger tolerance can be up to the :SBUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance setting minus two percent.

  • Page 912: Sbus:Uart Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART Commands These commands are only valid when the UART/RS-232 triggering and serial decode option N OTE has been licensed. Table 112 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE? <base> ::= {ASCii | BINary | HEX} page 914) page...
  • Page 913 :SBUS<n> Commands Table 112 :SBUS<n>:UART Commands Summary (continued) Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce: :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce: <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 924) RX <source> (see RX? (see <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) page 924) in NR1 format :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce: :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce: <source>...

  • Page 914: Sbus:Uart:base

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE <base> <base> ::= {ASCii | BINary | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE command determines the base to use for the UART decode and Lister display. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE? The :SBUS<n>:UART:BASE? query returns the current UART decode and Lister base setting.

  • Page 915: Sbus:Uart:baudrate

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrate (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrate <baudrate> <baudrate> ::= integer from 100 to 8000000, 10000000, or 12000000 The :SBUS<n>:UART:BAUDrate command selects the bit rate (in bps) for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. The baud rate can be set in the range from from 100 b/s to 8 Mb/s or to the specific values of 10 Mb/s or 12 Mb/s.

  • Page 916: Sbus:Uart:bitorder

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder <bitorder> <bitorder> ::= {LSBFirst | MSBFirst} The :SBUS<n>:UART:BITorder command specifies the order of transmission used by the physical Tx and Rx input signals for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. LSBFirst sets the least significant bit of each message "byte" as transmitted first.

  • Page 917: Sbus:Uart:count:error

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:ERRor (see page 1368) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:ERRor? Returns the UART error frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1309 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet" on page 918 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n>...

  • Page 918: Sbus:Uart:count:reset

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet Resets the UART frame counters. Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1309 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:ERRor" on page 917 • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RXFRames" on page 919 • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:TXFRames" on page 920 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n>...

  • Page 919: Sbus:Uart:count:rxframes

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RXFRames (see page 1368) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RXFRames? Returns the UART Rx frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1309 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet" on page 918 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n>...

  • Page 920: Sbus:Uart:count:txframes

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:TXFRames (see page 1368) Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:TXFRames? Returns the UART Tx frame count. Return Format <frame_count><NL> <frame_count> ::= integer in NR1 format Errors • "-241, Hardware missing" on page 1309 See Also • ":SBUS<n>:UART:COUNt:RESet" on page 918 • "Introduction to :SBUS<n>...

  • Page 921: Sbus:Uart:framing

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing <value> <value> ::= {OFF | <decimal> | <nondecimal>} <decimal> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal from 0-255 (0x00-0xff) <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary The :SBUS<n>:UART:FRAMing command determines the byte value to use for framing (end of packet) or to turn off framing for UART decode.

  • Page 922: Sbus:Uart:parity

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity <parity> <parity> ::= {EVEN | ODD | NONE} The :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity command selects the parity to be used with each message "byte" for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity? The :SBUS<n>:UART:PARity? query returns the current UART parity setting.

  • Page 923: Sbus:Uart:polarity

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity <polarity> <polarity> ::= {HIGH | LOW} The :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity command selects the polarity as idle low or idle high for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity? The :SBUS<n>:UART:POLarity? query returns the current UART polarity setting.

  • Page 924: Sbus:Uart:source:rx

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX command controls which signal is used as the Rx source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX? The :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:RX? query returns the current source for the UART...

  • Page 925: Sbus:Uart:source:tx

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX command controls which signal is used as the Tx source by the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX? The :SBUS<n>:UART:SOURce:TX? query returns the current source for the UART...

  • Page 926: Sbus:Uart:trigger:base

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE <base> <base> ::= {ASCii | HEX} The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE command sets the front panel UART/RS232 trigger setup data selection option: • ASCii — front panel data selection is from ASCII values. • HEX — front panel data selection is from hexadecimal values. The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BASE setting does not affect the :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA command which can always set data values using ASCII or hexadecimal values.

  • Page 927: Sbus:Uart:trigger:burst

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt <value> <value> ::= {OFF | 1 to 4096 in NR1 format} The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:BURSt command selects the burst value (Nth frame after idle period) in the range 1 to 4096 or OFF, for the trigger when in UART mode.

  • Page 928: Sbus:Uart:trigger:data

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA <value> <value> ::= 8-bit integer from 0-255 (0x00-0xff) in decimal, <hexadecimal>, <binary>, or <quoted_string> format <hexadecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <binary> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary <quoted_string>...

  • Page 929: Sbus:Uart:trigger:idle

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE <time_value> <time_value> ::= time from 1 us to 10 s in NR3 format The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE command selects the value of the idle period for burst trigger in the range from 1 us to 10 s when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE? The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:IDLE? query returns the current UART trigger idle...

  • Page 930: Sbus:Uart:trigger:qualifier

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier <value> <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | GREaterthan | LESSthan} The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier command selects the data qualifier when :TYPE is set to RDATa, RD1, RD0, RDX, TDATa, TD1, TD0, or TDX for the trigger when in UART mode.

  • Page 931: Sbus:Uart:trigger:type

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE <value> <value> ::= {RSTArt | RSTOp | RDATa | RD1 | RD0 | RDX | PARityerror | TSTArt | TSTOp | TDATa | TD1 | TD0 | TDX} The :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:TYPE command selects the UART trigger type. When one of the RD or TD types is selected, the :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:DATA and :SBUS<n>:UART:TRIGger:QUALifier commands are used to specify the data value and comparison operator.

  • Page 932: Sbus:Uart:width

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh <width> <width> ::= {5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9} The :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh command determines the number of bits (5-9) for each message "byte" for the serial decoder and/or trigger when in UART mode. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh? The :SBUS<n>:UART:WIDTh? query returns the current UART width setting.

  • Page 933: Sbus:Usbpd Commands

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USBPd Commands These commands are valid when the USB PD (Power Delivery) serial decode and triggering N OTE option has been licensed. Table 113 :SBUS<n>:USBPd Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SBUS<n>:USBPd:SOURce :SBUS<n>:USBPd:SOURce <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} page 934) <source>...

  • Page 934: Sbus:Usbpd:source

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USBPd:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USBPd:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {CHANnel<n>} <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SBUS<n>:USBPd:SOURce command selects the USB PD waveform source. You can use analog channels. Query Syntax :SBUS<n>:USBPd:SOURce? The :SBUS<n>:USBPd:SOURce? query returns the selected analog input channel.

  • Page 935: Sbus:Usbpd:trigger

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger <mode> <mode> ::= {PSTart | EOP | SOP | SPRime | SDPRime | SPDebug | SDPDebug | HRST | CRST | CRCerror | PERRor | HEADer} The :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger command selects the USB PD trigger mode: •...

  • Page 936: Sbus:Usbpd:trigger:header

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer <type> <type> ::= {CMESsage | DMESsage | EMESsage | VALue} When the Header Content trigger mode is selected (with the ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger HEADer" command), the :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer command selects the header type: • CMESsage — Control Message, triggers on control message types (0 data object). When the CMESsage header type is selected, use the :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:CMESsage command to select the control message type.
  • Page 937 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:QUALifier" on page 944 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 938: Sbus:Usbpd:trigger:header:cmessage

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:CMESsage (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:CMESsage <type> <type> ::= {GOODcrc | GOTOmin | ACCept | REJect | PING | PSRDy | GSRCap | GSNCap | DRSWap | PRSWap | VCSWap | WAIT | SRST | GSCX | GSTatus | FRSWap | GPSTatus | GCCodes} When the Header Content trigger mode is selected (with the ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger HEADer"...
  • Page 939 :SBUS<n> Commands See Also • ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:SOURce" on page 934 • ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger" on page 935 • ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer" on page 936 • ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:DMESsage" on page 940 • ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:EMESsage" on page 941 • ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:VALue" on page 943 • ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:QUALifier" on page 944 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 940: Sbus:Usbpd:trigger:header:dmessage

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:DMESsage (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:DMESsage <type> <type> ::= {SRCap | REQuest | BIST | SNCap | BSTatus | ALERt | GCINfo | VDEFined} When the Header Content trigger mode is selected (with the ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger HEADer" command) and the Data Message header type is selected (with the ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer DMESsage"...

  • Page 941: Sbus:Usbpd:trigger:header:emessage

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:EMESsage (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:EMESsage <type> <type> ::= {SCX | STATus | GBCap | GBSTatus | BCAP | GMINfo | MINFo | SREQuest | SRESponse | FREQuest | FRESponse | PSTatus | CINFo | CCODes} When the Header Content trigger mode is selected (with the ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger HEADer"...
  • Page 942 :SBUS<n> Commands • ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:DMESsage" on page 940 • ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:VALue" on page 943 • ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:QUALifier" on page 944 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 943: Sbus:Usbpd:trigger:header:value

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:VALue (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:VALue <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1 | X} <string ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} When the Header Content trigger mode is selected (with the ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger HEADer"...

  • Page 944: Sbus:Usbpd:trigger:header:qualifier

    :SBUS<n> Commands :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:QUALifier (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:QUALifier <type> <type> ::= {NONE | SOP | SPRime | SDPRime} When the Header Content trigger mode is selected (with the ":SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger HEADer" command), the :SBUS<n>:USBPd:TRIGger:HEADer:QUALifier command selects an additional qualifier for the Header Content trigger: •...
  • Page 945 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide 28 :SEARch Commands Control the event search modes and parameters for each search type. See: • "General :SEARch Commands" on page 946 • ":SEARch:EDGE Commands" on page 951 • ":SEARch:GLITch Commands" on page 954 (Pulse Width search) •...

  • Page 946: General :Search Commands

    :SEARch Commands General :SEARch Commands Table 114 General :SEARch Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:COUNt? (see <count> ::= an integer count page 947) value :SEARch:EVENt :SEARch:EVENt? (see <event_number> ::= the integer page 948) <event_number> (see number of a found search event page 948) :SEARch:MODE <value>...

  • Page 947: Search:count

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:COUNt (see page 1368) Query Syntax :SEARch:COUNt? The :SEARch:COUNt? query returns the number of search events found. Return Format <count><NL> <count> ::= an integer count value See Also • Chapter 28, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 945 • ":SEARch:EVENt"...

  • Page 948: Search:event

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:EVENt (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:EVENt <event_number> <event_number> ::= the integer number of a found search event The :SEARch:EVENt command navigates to a found search event. If the :SEARch:STATe is ON, the horizontal position is changed so that the specified event is located at the time reference.

  • Page 949: Search:mode

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:MODE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:MODE <value> <value> ::= {EDGE | GLITch | RUNT | TRANsition | SERial{1 | 2} | PEAK} The :SEARch:MODE command selects the search mode. The command is only valid when the :SEARch:STATe is ON. Query Syntax :SEARch:MODE? The :SEARch:MODE? query returns the currently selected mode or OFF if the...

  • Page 950: Search:state

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:STATe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:STATe <value> <value> ::= {{0 | OFF} | {1 | ON}} The :SEARch:STATe command enables or disables the search feature. Query Syntax :SEARch:STATe? The :SEARch:STATe? query returns returns the current setting. Return Format <value><NL>...

  • Page 951: Search:edge Commands

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:EDGE Commands Table 115 :SEARch:EDGE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe? <slope> ::= {POSitive | NEGative page 952) page 952) <slope> (see (see | EITHer} :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce? <source> ::= CHANnel<n> page 953) <source> (see (see <n>...

  • Page 952: Search:edge:slope

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe <slope> <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive | EITHer} The :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe command specifies the slope of the edge for the search. Query Syntax :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe? The :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe? query returns the current slope setting. Return Format <slope><NL>...

  • Page 953: Search:edge:source

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce command selects the channel on which to search for edges. Query Syntax :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce? The :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce? query returns the current source. Return Format <source><NL>...

  • Page 954: Search:glitch Commands

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:GLITch Commands Table 116 :SEARch:GLITch Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:GLITch:GREate :SEARch:GLITch:GREate <greater_than_time> ::= page 955) rthan rthan? (see floating-point number in NR3 <greater_than_time>[s format page 955) uffix] (see [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | :SEARch:GLITch:LESSth :SEARch:GLITch:LESSth <less_than_time>...

  • Page 955: Search:glitch:greaterthan

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan <greater_than_time>[<suffix>] <greater_than_time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan command sets the minimum pulse width duration for the selected :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce. Query Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan? The :SEARch:GLITch:GREaterthan? query returns the minimum pulse width...

  • Page 956: Search:glitch:lessthan

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan <less_than_time>[<suffix>] <less_than_time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format <suffix> ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan command sets the maximum pulse width duration for the selected :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce. Query Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan? The :SEARch:GLITch:LESSthan? query returns the pulse width duration time for...

  • Page 957: Search:glitch:polarity

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:GLITch:POLarity (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:POLarity <polarity> <polarity> ::= {POSitive | NEGative} The :SEARch:GLITch:POLarity command sets the polarity for the glitch (pulse width) search. Query Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:POLarity? The :SEARch:GLITch:POLarity? query returns the current polarity setting for the glitch (pulse width) search.

  • Page 958: Search:glitch:qualifier

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:GLITch:QUALifier (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:QUALifier <operator> <operator> ::= {GREaterthan | LESSthan | RANGe} This command sets the mode of operation of the glitch (pulse width) search. The oscilloscope can search for a pulse width that is greater than a time value, less than a time value, or within a range of time values.

  • Page 959: Search:glitch:range

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:GLITch:RANGe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:RANGe <less_than_time>[suffix], <greater_than_time>[suffix] <less_than_time> ::= (15 ns - 10 seconds) in NR3 format <greater_than_time> ::= (10 ns - 9.99 seconds) in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :SEARch:GLITch:RANGe command sets the pulse width duration for the selected :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce.

  • Page 960: Search:glitch:source

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce command selects the channel on which to search for glitches (pulse widths). Query Syntax :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce? The :SEARch:GLITch:SOURce? query returns the current pulse width source.

  • Page 961: Search:peak Commands

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:PEAK Commands Table 117 :SEARch:PEAK Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursio :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursio <delta_level> ::= required page 962) n <delta_level> (see n? (see change in level to be recognized page 962) as a peak, in NR3 format. :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks? <number>...

  • Page 962: Search:peak:excursion

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursion (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursion <delta_level> <delta_level> ::= required change in level to be recognized as a peak, in NR3 format. The :SEARch:PEAK:EXCursion command specifies the change in level that must occur (in other words, hysteresis) to be recognized as a peak. The threshold level units are specified by the :FFT:VTYPe or :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe command.

  • Page 963: Search:peak:npeaks

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks <number> <number> ::= max number of peaks to find, 1-11 in NR1 format. The :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks command specifies the maximum number of FFT peaks to find. This number can be from 1 to 11. Query Syntax :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks? The :SEARch:PEAK:NPEaks? query returns the specified maximum number of FFT...

  • Page 964: Search:peak:source

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:PEAK:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:PEAK:SOURce <source> <source> ::= {FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m> | FFT} (source must be an FFT waveform) <m> ::= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format The :SEARch:PEAK:SOURce command selects the FFT math function waveform to search.

  • Page 965: Search:peak:threshold

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:PEAK:THReshold (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:PEAK:THReshold <level> <level> ::= necessary level to be considered a peak, in NR3 format. The :SEARch:PEAK:THReshold command specifies the threshold level necessary to be considered a peak. The threshold level units are specified by the :FFT:VTYPe or :FUNCtion<m>[:FFT]:VTYPe command.

  • Page 966: Search:runt Commands

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:RUNT Commands Table 118 :SEARch:RUNT Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity <polarity> ::= {POSitive | page 967) <polarity> (see ? (see NEGative | EITHer} page 967) :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifie :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifie <qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | page 968) r <qualifier>...

  • Page 967: Search:runt:polarity

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity <slope> <polarity> ::= {POSitive | NEGative | EITHer} The :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity command sets the polarity for the runt search. Query Syntax :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity? The :SEARch:RUNT:POLarity? query returns the currently set runt polarity. Return Format <slope><NL>...

  • Page 968: Search:runt:qualifier

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier <qualifier> <qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | LESSthan | NONE} The :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier command specifies whether to search for a runt that is greater than a time value, less than a time value, or any time value. Query Syntax :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier? The :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier? query returns the current runt search qualifier.

  • Page 969: Search:runt:source

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce command selects the channel on which to search for the runt pulse. Query Syntax :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce? The :SEARch:RUNT:SOURce? query returns the current runt search source.

  • Page 970: Search:runt:time

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:RUNT:TIME (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:RUNT:TIME <time>[suffix] <time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} When searching for runt pulses whose widths are greater than or less than a time (see :SEARch:RUNT:QUALifier), the :SEARch:RUNT:TIME command specifies the time value.

  • Page 971: Search:transition Commands

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:TRANsition Commands Table 119 :SEARch:TRANsition Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:TRANsition:QU :SEARch:TRANsition:QU <qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | ALifier <qualifier> ALifier? (see LESSthan} page 972) page 972) (see :SEARch:TRANsition:SL :SEARch:TRANsition:SL <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} page 973) OPe <slope>...

  • Page 972: Search:transition:qualifier

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier <qualifier> <qualifier> ::= {GREaterthan | LESSthan} The :SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier command specifies whether to search for edge transitions greater than or less than a time. Query Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier? The :SEARch:TRANsition:QUALifier? query returns the current transition search qualifier.

  • Page 973: Search:transition:slope

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe <slope> <slope> ::= {NEGative | POSitive} The :SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe command selects whether to search for rising edge (POSitive slope) transitions or falling edge (NEGative slope) transitions. Query Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe? The :SEARch:TRANsition:SLOPe? query returns the current transition search slope setting.

  • Page 974: Search:transition:source

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce <source> <source> ::= CHANnel<n> <n> ::= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format The :SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce command selects the channel on which to search for edge transitions. Query Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce? The :SEARch:TRANsition:SOURce? query returns the current transition search source.

  • Page 975: Search:transition:time

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:TRANsition:TIME (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:TIME <time>[suffix] <time> ::= floating-point number in NR3 format [suffix] ::= {s | ms | us | ns | ps} The :SEARch:TRANsition:TIME command sets the time of the transition to search for. You can search for transitions greater than or less than this time. Query Syntax :SEARch:TRANsition:TIME? The :SEARch:TRANsition:TIME? query returns the current transition time value.

  • Page 976: Search:serial:a429 Commands

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:A429 Commands Table 120 :SEARch:SERial:A429 Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:A429:L :SEARch:SERial:A429:L <value> ::= 8-bit integer in page 977) ABel <value> (see ABel? (see decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or page 977) <string> from 0-255 <hex> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} <octal>...

  • Page 977: Search:serial:a429:Label

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:A429:LABel (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:A429:LABel <value> <value> ::= 8-bit integer in decimal, <hex>, <octal>, or <string> from 0-255 <hex> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} <octal> ::= #Qnnn where n ::= {0,..,7} <string> ::= "0xnn" where n::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SEARch:SERial:A429:LABel command defines the ARINC 429 label value when labels are used in the selected search mode.

  • Page 978: Search:serial:a429:Mode

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:A429:MODE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:A429:MODE <condition> <condition> ::= {LABel | LBITs | PERRor | WERRor | GERRor | WGERrors | ALLerrors} The :SEARch:SERial:A429:MODE command selects the type of ARINC 429 information to find in the Lister display: •...

  • Page 979: Search:serial:a429:Pattern:data

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "nn...n" where n ::= {0 | 1}, length depends on FORMat The :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:DATA command defines the ARINC 429 data pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the data pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.

  • Page 980: Search:serial:a429:Pattern:sdi

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SDI (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SDI <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1}, length always 2 bits The :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SDI command defines the ARINC 429 two-bit SDI pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the SDI pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.

  • Page 981: Search:serial:a429:Pattern:ssm

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SSM (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SSM <string> <string> ::= "nn" where n ::= {0 | 1}, length always 2 bits The :SEARch:SERial:A429:PATTern:SSM command defines the ARINC 429 two-bit SSM pattern resource according to the string parameter. This pattern controls the SSM pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word.

  • Page 982: Search:serial:can Commands

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands Table 121 :SEARch:SERial:CAN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MO <value> ::= {IDEither | IDData | page 983) DE <value> (see DE? (see DATA | IDRemote | ERRor | page 983) ACKerror | FORMerror | STUFferror | CRCerror | ALLerrors | OVERload | MESSage | MSIGnal} :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PA...

  • Page 983: Search:serial:can:mode

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE <value> <value> ::= {IDEither | IDData | DATA | IDRemote | ERRor | ACKerror | FORMerror | STUFferror | CRCerror | ALLerrors | OVERload | MESSage | MSIGnal} The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:MODE command selects the type of CAN information to find in the Lister display: Condition Front-panel name...
  • Page 984 :SEARch Commands • ":RECall:DBC[:STARt]" on page 696 • ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:MESSage" on page 989 • ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:SIGNal" on page 990 • ":SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:VALue" on page 991 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 985: Search:serial:can:pattern:data

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA <string> <string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} for hexadecimal The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA command specifies the data value when searching for Data Frame ID and Data. The length of the data value is specified using the :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command.

  • Page 986: Search:serial:can:pattern:data:length

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth <length> <length> ::= integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA:LENGth command specifies the length of the data value when searching for Data Frame ID and Data. The data value is specified using the :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:DATA command.

  • Page 987: Search:serial:can:pattern:id

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID <string> <string> ::= "0xnn...n" where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F | X} for hexadecimal The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID command specifies the ID value when searching for a CAN event. The value can be a standard ID or an extended ID, depending on the :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE command's setting.

  • Page 988: Search:serial:can:pattern:id:mode

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE <value> <value> ::= {STANdard | EXTended} The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE command specifies whether a standard ID value or an extended ID value is used when searching for a CAN event. The ID value is specified using the :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID command. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE? The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:PATTern:ID:MODE? query returns the current setting.

  • Page 989: Search:serial:can:symbolic:message

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:MESSage (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:MESSage <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:MESSage command specifies the message to search for when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN serial search mode is set to MESSage or MSIGnal. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:MESSage? The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:MESSage? query returns the specified...

  • Page 990: Search:serial:can:symbolic:signal

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:SIGNal (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:SIGNal <name> <name> ::= quoted ASCII string The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:SIGNal command specifies the signal to search for when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN serial search mode is set to MSIGnal. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:SIGNal? The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:SIGNal? query returns the specified signal.

  • Page 991: Search:serial:can:symbolic:value

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:VALue (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:VALue <data> <data> ::= value in NR3 format The :SEARch:SERial:CAN:SYMBolic:VALue command specifies the signal value to search for when CAN symbolic data has been loaded (recalled) into the oscilloscope and the CAN serial search mode is set to MSIGnal. Encoded signal values are not supported in the remote interface (even though they can be N OTE used in the front panel graphical interface).

  • Page 992: Search:serial:iic Commands

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands Table 122 :SEARch:SERial:IIC Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MO :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MO <value> ::= {RESTart | ADDRess | page 993) DE <value> (see DE? (see ANACk | NACKnowledge | READEprom page 993) | READ7 | WRITE7 | R7Data2 | W7Data2} :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PA...

  • Page 993: Search:serial:iic:mode

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE <value> <value> ::= {RESTart | ADDRess | ANACk | NACKnowledge | READEprom | READ7 | WRITE7 | R7Data2 | W7Data2} The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:MODE command selects the type of IIC information to find in the Lister display: •...
  • Page 994 :SEARch Commands See Also • Chapter 28, “:SEARch Commands,” starting on page 945 • ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess" on page 995 • ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA" on page 996 • ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2" on page 997 • ":SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier" on page 998 Keysight InfiniiVision M9241/42/43A PXIe Oscilloscopes SCPI Programmer's Guide...

  • Page 995: Search:serial:iic:pattern:address

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess command specifies address values when searching for IIC events. To set don't care values, use the integer -1. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess? The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:ADDRess? query returns the current address...

  • Page 996: Search:serial:iic:pattern:data

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA command specifies data values when searching for IIC events. To set don't care values, use the integer -1. When searching for IIC EEPROM data read events, you specify the data value qualifier using the :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier command.

  • Page 997: Search:serial:iic:pattern:data2

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2 (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2 <value> <value> ::= integer or <string> <string> ::= "0xnn" n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:PATTern:DATA2 command specifies the second data value when searching for IIC events with two data values. To set don't care values, use the integer -1.

  • Page 998: Search:serial:iic:qualifier

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier <value> <value> ::= {EQUal | NOTequal | LESSthan | GREaterthan} The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier command specifies the data value qualifier used when searching for IIC EEPROM data read events. Query Syntax :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier? The :SEARch:SERial:IIC:QUALifier? query returns the current data value qualifier setting.

  • Page 999: Search:serial:lin Commands

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:LIN Commands Table 123 :SEARch:SERial:LIN Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns :SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID :SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID <value> ::= 7-bit integer in page 1000) <value> (see ? (see decimal, <nondecimal>, or page 1000) <string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal>...

  • Page 1000: Search:serial:lin:id

    :SEARch Commands :SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID (see page 1368) Command Syntax :SEARch:SERial:LIN:ID <value> <value> ::= 7-bit integer in decimal, <nondecimal>, or <string> from 0-63 or 0x00-0x3f <nondecimal> ::= #Hnn where n ::= {0,..,9 | A,..,F} for hexadecimal <nondecimal> ::= #Bnn...n where n ::= {0 | 1} for binary <string>...

This manual is also suitable for:

Infiniivision m9242aInfiniivision m9243a

Table of Contents